Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
Chris Lattner | 0bc735f | 2007-12-29 19:59:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. |
| 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
| 14 | #include "Sema.h" |
Anders Carlsson | c44eec6 | 2008-07-03 04:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
Daniel Dunbar | c4a1dea | 2008-08-11 05:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
| 24 | // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
Douglas Gregor | e267ff3 | 2008-12-11 20:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include <algorithm> |
| 30 | #include <functional> |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | using namespace clang; |
| 32 | |
Chris Lattner | 21ff9c9 | 2009-03-05 01:25:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | /// getDeclName - Return a pretty name for the specified decl if possible, or |
| 34 | /// an empty string if not. This is used for pretty crash reporting. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | std::string Sema::getDeclName(DeclPtrTy d) { |
| 36 | Decl *D = d.getAs<Decl>(); |
Chris Lattner | 21ff9c9 | 2009-03-05 01:25:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | if (NamedDecl *DN = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D)) |
| 38 | return DN->getQualifiedNameAsString(); |
| 39 | return ""; |
| 40 | } |
| 41 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 42 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(DeclPtrTy Ptr) { |
| 43 | return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr.getAs<Decl>())); |
| 44 | } |
| 45 | |
Douglas Gregor | d6efafa | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, |
| 47 | /// return the declaration of that type. |
| 48 | /// |
| 49 | /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II |
| 50 | /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an |
| 52 | /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that |
| 53 | /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
Douglas Gregor | d6efafa | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | /// |
| 55 | /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain |
| 56 | /// and then return NULL. |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | Sema::TypeTy *Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 | Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { |
Douglas Gregor | 5953d8b | 2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | // C++ [temp.res]p3: |
| 60 | // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the |
| 61 | // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) |
| 62 | // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the |
| 63 | // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an |
| 64 | // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). |
| 65 | // |
| 66 | // We therefore do not perform any name lookup up SS is a dependent |
| 67 | // scope name. FIXME: we will need to perform a special kind of |
| 68 | // lookup if the scope specifier names a member of the current |
| 69 | // instantiation. |
| 70 | if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) |
| 71 | return 0; |
| 72 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | LookupResult Result = LookupParsedName(S, SS, &II, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 75 | false, false); |
Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | switch (Result.getKind()) { |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| 78 | case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| 79 | return 0; |
Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: |
| 82 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: |
Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: { |
| 84 | // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. |
| 85 | for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); |
| 86 | Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { |
| 87 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 841b53c | 2009-04-13 15:14:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | if (!IIDecl || |
| 89 | (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < |
| 90 | IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) |
| 91 | IIDecl = *Res; |
Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 | } |
| 93 | } |
| 94 | |
| 95 | if (!IIDecl) { |
| 96 | // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way |
| 97 | // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't |
| 98 | // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to |
| 99 | // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which |
| 100 | // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected |
| 101 | // a type name. |
| 102 | Result.Destroy(); |
| 103 | return 0; |
| 104 | } |
| 105 | |
| 106 | // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the |
| 107 | // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right |
| 108 | // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to |
| 109 | // perform the name lookup again. |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&II), NameLoc); |
Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | break; |
| 112 | } |
Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | case LookupResult::Found: |
| 115 | IIDecl = Result.getAsDecl(); |
| 116 | break; |
Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | } |
| 118 | |
Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | if (IIDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | QualType T; |
| 121 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | // Check whether we can use this type |
| 124 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 | |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); |
| 127 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | // Check whether we can use this interface. |
| 129 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); |
| 132 | } else |
| 133 | return 0; |
| 134 | |
Douglas Gregor | e625893 | 2009-03-19 00:39:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | if (SS) |
| 136 | T = getQualifiedNameType(*SS, T); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 | |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 | return T.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 | |
Steve Naroff | 3536b44 | 2007-09-06 21:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 | return 0; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | } |
| 143 | |
Chris Lattner | 4c97d76 | 2009-04-12 21:49:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* |
| 145 | /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If |
| 146 | /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, |
| 147 | /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C |
| 148 | /// where the user forgot to specify the tag. |
| 149 | DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
| 150 | // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. |
| 151 | LookupResult R = LookupName(S, &II, LookupTagName, false, false); |
| 152 | if (R.getKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| 153 | if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(R.getAsDecl())) { |
| 154 | switch (TD->getTagKind()) { |
| 155 | case TagDecl::TK_struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; |
| 156 | case TagDecl::TK_union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; |
| 157 | case TagDecl::TK_class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; |
| 158 | case TagDecl::TK_enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; |
| 159 | } |
| 160 | } |
| 161 | |
| 162 | return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; |
| 163 | } |
| 164 | |
| 165 | |
| 166 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 167 | DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 168 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | // A C++ out-of-line method will return to the file declaration context. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 | if (MD->isOutOfLineDefinition()) |
| 171 | return MD->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | |
Chris Lattner | 76a642f | 2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | // A C++ inline method is parsed *after* the topmost class it was declared |
| 174 | // in is fully parsed (it's "complete"). |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | // The parsing of a C++ inline method happens at the declaration context of |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | // the topmost (non-nested) class it is lexically declared in. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(MD->getParent()) && "C++ method not in Record."); |
| 178 | DC = MD->getParent(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 179 | while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | DC = RD; |
| 181 | |
| 182 | // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is |
| 183 | // declared in. |
| 184 | return DC; |
| 185 | } |
| 186 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) |
| 188 | return Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 189 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 190 | return DC->getLexicalParent(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 191 | } |
| 192 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && |
Zhongxing Xu | e50897a | 2008-12-08 07:14:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); |
Chris Lattner | 9fdf9c6 | 2008-04-22 18:39:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | CurContext = DC; |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 197 | S->setEntity(DC); |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 198 | } |
| 199 | |
Chris Lattner | b048c98 | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | void Sema::PopDeclContext() { |
| 201 | assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 202 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 203 | CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 204 | } |
| 205 | |
Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 206 | /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function |
| 207 | /// PrevDecl with another declaration. |
| 208 | /// |
| 209 | /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not |
| 210 | /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return |
| 211 | /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an |
| 212 | /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an |
| 213 | /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" |
| 214 | /// attribute. |
| 215 | static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Decl *PrevDecl, ASTContext &Context) { |
| 216 | if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 217 | return true; |
| 218 | |
| 219 | if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 220 | return true; |
| 221 | |
| 222 | return PrevDecl->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>() != 0; |
| 223 | } |
| 224 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
| 226 | void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S) { |
Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing |
| 228 | // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this |
| 229 | // scope. |
| 230 | while (S->getEntity() && |
| 231 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) |
| 232 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 233 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(D)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 235 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be |
| 237 | // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted |
| 238 | // into any context. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | CurContext->addDecl(Context, D); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 241 | // C++ [basic.scope]p4: |
| 242 | // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or |
| 243 | // enumeration name that is not a typedef name and the other |
| 244 | // declarations shall all refer to the same object or |
| 245 | // enumerator, or all refer to functions and function templates; |
| 246 | // in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden. |
| 247 | if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { |
| 248 | // We are pushing the name of a tag (enum or class). |
Douglas Gregor | e21b994 | 2009-01-07 16:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 249 | if (CurContext->getLookupContext() |
| 250 | == TD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | // We're pushing the tag into the current context, which might |
| 252 | // require some reshuffling in the identifier resolver. |
| 253 | IdentifierResolver::iterator |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | I = IdResolver.begin(TD->getDeclName()), |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 255 | IEnd = IdResolver.end(); |
| 256 | if (I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S)) { |
| 257 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = *I; |
| 258 | for (; I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S); |
| 259 | PrevDecl = *I, ++I) { |
| 260 | if (TD->declarationReplaces(*I)) { |
| 261 | // This is a redeclaration. Remove it from the chain and |
| 262 | // break out, so that we'll add in the shadowed |
| 263 | // declaration. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 264 | S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*I)); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | if (PrevDecl == *I) { |
| 266 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 267 | IdResolver.AddDecl(TD); |
| 268 | return; |
| 269 | } else { |
| 270 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 271 | break; |
| 272 | } |
| 273 | } |
| 274 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 275 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 276 | // There is already a declaration with the same name in the same |
| 277 | // scope, which is not a tag declaration. It must be found |
| 278 | // before we find the new declaration, so insert the new |
| 279 | // declaration at the end of the chain. |
| 280 | IdResolver.AddShadowedDecl(TD, PrevDecl); |
| 281 | |
| 282 | return; |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 283 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | } |
Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && |
| 286 | AllowOverloadingOfFunction(D, Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 287 | // We are pushing the name of a function, which might be an |
| 288 | // overloaded name. |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | IdentifierResolver::iterator Redecl |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | = std::find_if(IdResolver.begin(FD->getDeclName()), |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | IdResolver.end(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 293 | std::bind1st(std::mem_fun(&NamedDecl::declarationReplaces), |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | FD)); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 295 | if (Redecl != IdResolver.end() && |
| 296 | S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(*Redecl))) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 297 | // There is already a declaration of a function on our |
| 298 | // IdResolver chain. Replace it with this declaration. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 | S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*Redecl)); |
Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*Redecl); |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 302 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | IdResolver.AddDecl(D); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | } |
| 306 | |
Steve Naroff | b216c88 | 2007-10-09 22:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | if (S->decl_empty()) return; |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 | assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && |
| 310 | "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 311 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); |
| 313 | I != E; ++I) { |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 314 | Decl *TmpD = (*I).getAs<Decl>(); |
Steve Naroff | c752d04 | 2007-09-13 18:10:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 315 | assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); |
| 318 | NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 319 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 320 | if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; |
Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | // Remove this name from our lexical scope. |
| 323 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 324 | } |
| 325 | } |
| 326 | |
Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | /// getObjCInterfaceDecl - Look up a for a class declaration in the scope. |
| 328 | /// return 0 if one not found. |
Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 329 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *Id) { |
Steve Naroff | 3110251 | 2008-04-02 18:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 330 | // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in |
| 331 | // creation from this context. |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 332 | NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupName(TUScope, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | |
Steve Naroff | b327ce0 | 2008-04-02 14:35:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | } |
| 336 | |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting |
| 338 | /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes |
| 339 | /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and |
| 340 | /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but |
| 341 | /// ill-formed in C++: |
| 342 | /// @code |
| 343 | /// struct S6 { |
| 344 | /// enum { BAR } e; |
| 345 | /// }; |
| 346 | /// |
| 347 | /// void test_S6() { |
| 348 | /// struct S6 a; |
| 349 | /// a.e = BAR; |
| 350 | /// } |
| 351 | /// @endcode |
| 352 | /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different |
| 353 | /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration |
| 354 | /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated |
| 355 | /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent |
| 356 | /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this |
| 357 | /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the |
| 358 | /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot |
| 359 | /// contain non-field names. |
| 360 | Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { |
| 361 | while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 362 | (S->getEntity() && |
| 363 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || |
| 364 | (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) |
| 365 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 366 | return S; |
| 367 | } |
| 368 | |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | void Sema::InitBuiltinVaListType() { |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | if (!Context.getBuiltinVaListType().isNull()) |
| 371 | return; |
| 372 | |
| 373 | IdentifierInfo *VaIdent = &Context.Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"); |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | NamedDecl *VaDecl = LookupName(TUScope, VaIdent, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Steve Naroff | 733002f | 2007-10-18 22:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | TypedefDecl *VaTypedef = cast<TypedefDecl>(VaDecl); |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 376 | Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(VaTypedef)); |
| 377 | } |
| 378 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 379 | /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at |
| 380 | /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true |
| 381 | /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the |
| 382 | /// built-in. |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 384 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
| 385 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; |
| 387 | |
Chris Lattner | bd7eb1c | 2008-09-28 05:54:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasVAListUse(BID)) |
Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 | InitBuiltinVaListType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | |
Douglas Gregor | 370ab3f | 2009-02-14 01:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 391 | Builtin::Context::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; |
| 392 | QualType R = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetBuiltinType(BID, Context, Error); |
| 393 | switch (Error) { |
| 394 | case Builtin::Context::GE_None: |
| 395 | // Okay |
| 396 | break; |
| 397 | |
| 398 | case Builtin::Context::GE_Missing_FILE: |
| 399 | if (ForRedeclaration) |
| 400 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) |
| 401 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| 402 | return 0; |
| 403 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | |
| 405 | if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { |
| 406 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| 407 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) |
| 408 | << R; |
Douglas Gregor | b1152d8 | 2009-02-16 21:58:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 409 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && |
Chris Lattner | 6a7334d | 2009-04-16 03:59:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| 411 | != Diagnostic::Ignored) |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) |
| 413 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) |
| 414 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| 415 | } |
| 416 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ff898cd | 2008-04-17 14:47:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 417 | FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, |
| 418 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | Loc, II, R, |
Douglas Gregor | 2224f84 | 2009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | FunctionDecl::Extern, false, |
| 421 | /*hasPrototype=*/true); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 422 | New->setImplicit(); |
| 423 | |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the |
| 425 | // FunctionDecl. |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 426 | if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 427 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 428 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) |
| 429 | Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 430 | FT->getArgType(i), VarDecl::None, 0)); |
Ted Kremenek | fc76761 | 2009-01-14 00:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 431 | New->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 432 | } |
| 433 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 434 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); |
Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | |
Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 436 | // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. |
Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 437 | // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to |
| 438 | // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext |
| 439 | // entirely, but we're not there yet. |
| 440 | DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; |
| 441 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 442 | PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); |
Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | CurContext = SavedContext; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | return New; |
| 445 | } |
| 446 | |
Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | /// GetStdNamespace - This method gets the C++ "std" namespace. This is where |
| 448 | /// everything from the standard library is defined. |
| 449 | NamespaceDecl *Sema::GetStdNamespace() { |
| 450 | if (!StdNamespace) { |
Chris Lattner | 8edea83 | 2008-11-20 05:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 451 | IdentifierInfo *StdIdent = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("std"); |
Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 452 | DeclContext *Global = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 453 | Decl *Std = LookupQualifiedName(Global, StdIdent, LookupNamespaceName); |
Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 | StdNamespace = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(Std); |
| 455 | } |
| 456 | return StdNamespace; |
| 457 | } |
| 458 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 459 | /// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the |
| 460 | /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out |
| 461 | /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting |
| 462 | /// diagnostics as appropriate. Returns true if there was an error, |
| 463 | /// false otherwise. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | /// |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | bool Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | bool objc_types = false; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. |
| 468 | // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! |
| 469 | if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); |
| 471 | switch (TypeID->getLength()) { |
| 472 | default: break; |
| 473 | case 2: |
| 474 | if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) |
| 475 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | Context.setObjCIdType(New); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 477 | objc_types = true; |
| 478 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 479 | case 5: |
| 480 | if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) |
| 481 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | Context.setObjCClassType(New); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 | objc_types = true; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 484 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 | case 3: |
| 486 | if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) |
| 487 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | Context.setObjCSelType(New); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | objc_types = true; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | case 8: |
| 492 | if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) |
| 493 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | objc_types = true; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | return false; |
Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | } |
| 498 | // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. |
| 499 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | // Verify the old decl was also a type. |
| 501 | TypeDecl *Old = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(OldD); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 502 | if (!Old) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | if (!objc_types) |
| 506 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | |
| 510 | // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. |
| 511 | QualType OldType; |
| 512 | if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) |
| 513 | OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 514 | else |
| 515 | OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); |
| 516 | |
Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and |
| 518 | // with any extensions enabled. |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | |
| 520 | if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && |
| 521 | Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != |
Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 522 | Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { |
Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; |
Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | if (!objc_types) |
| 526 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | } |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | if (objc_types) return false; |
| 530 | if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) return false; |
Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | |
Douglas Gregor | bbe2743 | 2008-11-21 16:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: |
| 533 | // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to |
| 534 | // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer |
| 535 | // to the type to which it already refers. |
| 536 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | bbe2743 | 2008-11-21 16:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 538 | |
| 539 | // In C, redeclaration of a type is a constraint violation (6.7.2.3p1). |
Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | // Apparently GCC, Intel, and Sun all silently ignore the redeclaration if |
| 541 | // *either* declaration is in a system header. The code below implements |
| 542 | // this adhoc compatibility rule. FIXME: The following code will not |
| 543 | // work properly when compiling ".i" files (containing preprocessed output). |
Daniel Dunbar | 2fe0997 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 544 | if (PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings()) { |
| 545 | SourceManager &SrcMgr = Context.getSourceManager(); |
| 546 | if (SrcMgr.isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation())) |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 547 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 2fe0997 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 548 | if (SrcMgr.isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())) |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 2fe0997 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 550 | } |
Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 551 | |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | } |
| 556 | |
Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 557 | /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target |
| 558 | /// attribute. |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *decl, const Attr *target) { |
| 560 | for (const Attr *attr = decl->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext()) |
| 561 | if (attr->getKind() == target->getKind()) |
| 562 | return true; |
| 563 | |
| 564 | return false; |
| 565 | } |
| 566 | |
| 567 | /// MergeAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | static void MergeAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { |
| 569 | Attr *attr = const_cast<Attr*>(Old->getAttrs()); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 571 | while (attr) { |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | Attr *tmp = attr; |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 573 | attr = attr->getNext(); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | if (!DeclHasAttr(New, tmp) && tmp->isMerged()) { |
| 576 | tmp->setInherited(true); |
| 577 | New->addAttr(tmp); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | tmp->setNext(0); |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | tmp->Destroy(C); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 581 | } |
| 582 | } |
Nuno Lopes | 9141bee | 2008-06-01 22:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 583 | |
| 584 | Old->invalidateAttrs(); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | } |
| 586 | |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in |
| 588 | /// C. |
| 589 | struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { |
| 590 | ParmVarDecl *OldParm; |
| 591 | ParmVarDecl *NewParm; |
| 592 | QualType PromotedType; |
| 593 | }; |
| 594 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from |
| 596 | /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous |
| 597 | /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, |
| 598 | /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | /// |
| 600 | /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not |
| 601 | /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are |
| 602 | /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be |
| 603 | /// merged with. |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | /// |
| 605 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 606 | bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD) && |
| 608 | "Cannot merge with an overloaded function declaration"); |
| 609 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | // Verify the old decl was also a function. |
| 611 | FunctionDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); |
| 612 | if (!Old) { |
Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 615 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | |
| 619 | // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, |
| 620 | // implicit declaration, or a declaration. |
| 621 | diag::kind PrevDiag; |
| 622 | if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | else if (Old->isImplicit()) |
| 625 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; |
| 626 | else |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | |
Chris Lattner | 8bcfc5b | 2008-04-06 23:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); |
| 630 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 5519644 | 2007-11-20 19:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 631 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && |
| 633 | New->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static && |
| 634 | Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Static) { |
| 635 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) |
| 636 | << New; |
| 637 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); |
| 638 | return true; |
| 639 | } |
| 640 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 642 | // (C++98 13.1p2): |
| 643 | // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: |
| 644 | // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type |
| 645 | // cannot be overloaded. |
| 646 | QualType OldReturnType |
| 647 | = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); |
| 648 | QualType NewReturnType |
| 649 | = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); |
| 650 | if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { |
| 651 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | return true; |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | } |
| 655 | |
| 656 | const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); |
| 657 | const CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && |
| 659 | OldMethod->getLexicalDeclContext() == |
| 660 | NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the |
| 662 | // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them |
| 663 | // is a static member function declaration. |
| 664 | if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { |
| 665 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | return true; |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | |
| 670 | // C++ [class.mem]p1: |
| 671 | // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the |
| 672 | // member-specification, except that a nested class or member |
| 673 | // class template can be declared and then later defined. |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | unsigned NewDiag; |
| 675 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) |
| 676 | NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; |
| 677 | else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 678 | NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; |
| 679 | else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 680 | NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; |
| 681 | else |
| 682 | NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; |
| 683 | |
| 684 | Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); |
| 685 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | } |
| 687 | |
| 688 | // (C++98 8.3.5p3): |
| 689 | // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the |
| 690 | // return type and the parameter-type-list. |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | if (OldQType == NewQType) |
| 692 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); |
Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | |
| 694 | // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. |
Douglas Gregor | f009795 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | |
| 697 | // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles |
Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Eli Friedman | 3d815e7 | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAsFunctionType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAsFunctionType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 703 | const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; |
| 704 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the |
| 707 | // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. |
| 708 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| 709 | OldProto->arg_type_end()); |
| 710 | NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), |
| 711 | &ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes.size(), |
| 712 | OldProto->isVariadic(), |
| 713 | OldProto->getTypeQuals()); |
| 714 | New->setType(NewQType); |
| 715 | New->setInheritedPrototype(); |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | |
| 717 | // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| 718 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| 721 | ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); |
| 722 | ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { |
| 723 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, |
| 724 | SourceLocation(), 0, |
| 725 | *ParamType, VarDecl::None, |
| 726 | 0); |
| 727 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 728 | Params.push_back(Param); |
| 729 | } |
| 730 | |
| 731 | New->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | } |
Chris Lattner | e3995fe | 2007-11-06 06:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | |
Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 737 | // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration |
| 738 | // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition |
| 739 | // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the |
| 740 | // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ |
| 741 | // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from |
| 742 | // the prototype. |
| 743 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 744 | !getLangOptions().NoExtensions && |
| 745 | Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && |
| 746 | New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType() && |
| 747 | Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { |
| 748 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; |
| 749 | llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; |
| 750 | const FunctionProtoType *OldProto |
| 751 | = Old->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(); |
| 752 | const FunctionProtoType *NewProto |
| 753 | = New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(); |
| 754 | |
| 755 | // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. |
| 756 | bool GNUCompatible = |
| 757 | Context.typesAreCompatible(OldProto->getResultType(), |
| 758 | NewProto->getResultType()) && |
| 759 | (OldProto->isVariadic() == NewProto->isVariadic()); |
| 760 | for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); |
| 761 | GNUCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { |
| 762 | ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| 763 | ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| 764 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| 765 | NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { |
| 766 | ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| 767 | } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| 768 | NewParm->getType())) { |
| 769 | GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn |
| 770 | = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; |
| 771 | Warnings.push_back(Warn); |
| 772 | ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| 773 | } else |
| 774 | GNUCompatible = false; |
| 775 | } |
| 776 | |
| 777 | if (GNUCompatible) { |
| 778 | for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { |
| 779 | Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), |
| 780 | diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) |
| 781 | << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType |
| 782 | << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); |
| 783 | Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), |
| 784 | diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 785 | } |
| 786 | |
| 787 | New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(NewProto->getResultType(), |
| 788 | &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(), |
| 789 | NewProto->isVariadic(), |
| 790 | NewProto->getTypeQuals())); |
| 791 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); |
| 792 | } |
| 793 | |
| 794 | // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. |
| 795 | } |
| 796 | |
Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 797 | // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined |
| 798 | // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
| 800 | // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible |
| 801 | // signature. |
| 802 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
| 803 | // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined |
| 804 | // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the |
Douglas Gregor | 374e156 | 2009-03-23 17:47:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 805 | // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this |
| 806 | // library built-in. |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; |
| 808 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) |
| 809 | << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 374e156 | 2009-03-23 17:47:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); |
| 811 | Old->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 812 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | } |
Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 814 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; |
| 816 | } |
| 817 | |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | } |
| 822 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are |
| 824 | /// known to be compatible. |
| 825 | /// |
| 826 | /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other |
| 827 | /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to |
| 828 | /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a |
| 829 | /// redeclaration of Old. |
| 830 | /// |
| 831 | /// \returns false |
| 832 | bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { |
| 833 | // Merge the attributes |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context); |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | |
| 836 | // Merge the storage class. |
| 837 | New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); |
| 838 | |
| 839 | // FIXME: need to implement inline semantics |
| 840 | |
| 841 | // Merge "pure" flag. |
| 842 | if (Old->isPure()) |
| 843 | New->setPure(); |
| 844 | |
| 845 | // Merge the "deleted" flag. |
| 846 | if (Old->isDeleted()) |
| 847 | New->setDeleted(); |
| 848 | |
| 849 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 850 | return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); |
| 851 | |
| 852 | return false; |
| 853 | } |
| 854 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name |
| 856 | /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this |
| 857 | /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| 858 | /// |
Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 859 | /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by |
| 860 | /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative |
| 861 | /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | /// |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | bool Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | // Verify the old decl was also a variable. |
| 865 | VarDecl *Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldD); |
| 866 | if (!Old) { |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 867 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | } |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | |
Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context); |
Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | |
Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | // Merge the types |
| 876 | QualType MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); |
| 877 | if (MergedT.isNull()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6037fcb | 2009-01-09 19:42:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) |
| 879 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | } |
Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | New->setType(MergedT); |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | |
Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. |
| 886 | if (New->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static && |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | (Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 5ef122e | 2009-03-19 22:01:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | // C99 6.2.2p4: |
| 893 | // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier |
| 894 | // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that |
| 895 | // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies |
| 896 | // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at |
| 897 | // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at |
| 898 | // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or |
| 899 | // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the |
| 900 | // identifier has external linkage. |
Douglas Gregor | 38179b2 | 2009-03-23 16:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) |
Douglas Gregor | 5ef122e | 2009-03-19 22:01:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | /* Okay */; |
| 903 | else if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Static && |
| 904 | Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | |
Steve Naroff | 094cefb | 2008-09-17 14:05:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | |
| 912 | // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still |
| 913 | // need to check for mismatches. |
| 914 | if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. |
| 916 | !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| 917 | !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 919 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 920 | return true; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | |
| 923 | // Keep a chain of previous declarations. |
| 924 | New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); |
| 925 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | return false; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | } |
| 928 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given |
| 930 | /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This |
| 931 | /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the |
| 932 | /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function |
| 933 | /// parameters are complete. |
| 934 | bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 935 | bool HasInvalidParm = false; |
| 936 | for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { |
| 937 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); |
| 938 | |
| 939 | // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a |
| 940 | // function declarator that is part of a function definition of |
| 941 | // that function shall not have incomplete type. |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | // |
| 943 | // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6. |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 946 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 947 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 948 | HasInvalidParm = true; |
| 949 | } |
Chris Lattner | 777f07b | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | |
| 951 | // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the |
| 952 | // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier. |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 && |
| 954 | !Param->isImplicit() && |
| 955 | !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Chris Lattner | 777f07b | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | } |
| 958 | |
| 959 | return HasInvalidParm; |
| 960 | } |
| 961 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with |
| 963 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS) { |
Eli Friedman | d296836 | 2009-04-09 21:26:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 965 | // FIXME: Error on auto/register at file scope |
| 966 | // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit |
| 967 | // FIXME: Error on invalid restrict |
| 968 | // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile |
| 969 | // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable |
| 970 | // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes |
| 971 | |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 972 | TagDecl *Tag = 0; |
| 973 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| 974 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || |
| 975 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || |
| 976 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) |
| 977 | Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(static_cast<Decl *>(DS.getTypeRep())); |
| 978 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 | if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 980 | if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && |
Douglas Gregor | a71c129 | 2009-03-06 23:06:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 981 | DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
| 982 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || |
| 983 | Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) |
| 984 | return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, Record); |
| 985 | |
| 986 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) |
| 987 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 988 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 989 | |
| 990 | // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain |
| 991 | // about them. |
| 992 | // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? |
| 993 | if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag); |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | } |
| 996 | |
Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 | if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && |
| 998 | DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { |
Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an |
| 1000 | // extension in both Microsoft an GNU. |
Douglas Gregor | 8158f69 | 2009-01-17 02:55:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && |
| 1002 | Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) |
Douglas Gregor | ee159c1 | 2009-01-13 23:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag); |
Douglas Gregor | ee159c1 | 2009-01-13 23:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 | } |
| 1007 | |
Sebastian Redl | a4ed0d8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) |
| 1009 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Sebastian Redl | a4ed0d8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | } |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 | } |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the |
| 1017 | /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner |
| 1018 | /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize |
| 1019 | /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or |
| 1020 | /// struct, e.g., |
| 1021 | /// |
| 1022 | /// @code |
| 1023 | /// union { |
| 1024 | /// int i; |
| 1025 | /// float f; |
| 1026 | /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and |
| 1027 | /// // f into the surrounding scope.x |
| 1028 | /// @endcode |
| 1029 | /// |
| 1030 | /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous |
| 1031 | /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. |
| 1032 | bool Sema::InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, |
| 1033 | RecordDecl *AnonRecord) { |
| 1034 | bool Invalid = false; |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(Context), |
| 1036 | FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(Context); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1037 | F != FEnd; ++F) { |
| 1038 | if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1039 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), |
| 1040 | LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 1042 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 1043 | // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be |
| 1044 | // distinct from the names of any other entity in the |
| 1045 | // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. |
| 1046 | unsigned diagKind |
| 1047 | = AnonRecord->isUnion()? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl |
| 1048 | : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; |
| 1049 | Diag((*F)->getLocation(), diagKind) |
| 1050 | << (*F)->getDeclName(); |
| 1051 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 1052 | Invalid = true; |
| 1053 | } else { |
| 1054 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 1055 | // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union |
| 1056 | // definition, the members of the anonymous union are |
| 1057 | // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the |
| 1058 | // anonymous union is declared. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(Context, *F); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*F)); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1061 | IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); |
| 1062 | } |
| 1063 | } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType |
| 1064 | = (*F)->getType()->getAsRecordType()) { |
| 1065 | RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); |
| 1066 | if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
| 1067 | Invalid = Invalid || |
| 1068 | InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, InnerRecord); |
| 1069 | } |
| 1070 | } |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | return Invalid; |
| 1073 | } |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | /// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an |
| 1076 | /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature |
| 1077 | /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures |
| 1078 | /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 1080 | RecordDecl *Record) { |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 | // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. |
| 1084 | if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1085 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); |
| 1086 | else if (!Record->isUnion()) |
| 1087 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous |
| 1090 | // structs/unions. |
| 1091 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 1092 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1093 | const char* PrevSpec = 0; |
| 1094 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 1095 | // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the |
| 1096 | // global namespace shall be declared static. |
| 1097 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && |
| 1098 | (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || |
| 1099 | (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && |
| 1100 | cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { |
| 1101 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); |
| 1102 | Invalid = true; |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | // Recover by adding 'static'. |
| 1105 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), PrevSpec); |
| 1106 | } |
| 1107 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 1108 | // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an |
| 1109 | // anonymous union in a class scope. |
| 1110 | else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && |
| 1111 | isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 1112 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1113 | diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); |
| 1114 | Invalid = true; |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | // Recover by removing the storage specifier. |
| 1117 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), |
| 1118 | PrevSpec); |
| 1119 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | |
| 1121 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 1122 | // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only |
| 1123 | // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and |
| 1124 | // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 | for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(Context), |
| 1126 | MemEnd = Record->decls_end(Context); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { |
| 1128 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| 1129 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 1130 | // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected |
| 1131 | // members (clause 11). |
| 1132 | if (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected || FD->getAccess() == AS_private) { |
| 1133 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) |
| 1134 | << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); |
| 1135 | Invalid = true; |
| 1136 | } |
| 1137 | } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { |
| 1138 | // Any implicit members are fine. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { |
| 1140 | // This is a type that showed up in an |
| 1141 | // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or |
| 1142 | // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the |
| 1143 | // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| 1145 | if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && |
| 1146 | MemRecord->getDeclName()) { |
| 1147 | // This is a nested type declaration. |
| 1148 | Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| 1149 | << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| 1150 | Invalid = true; |
| 1151 | } |
| 1152 | } else { |
| 1153 | // We have something that isn't a non-static data |
| 1154 | // member. Complain about it. |
| 1155 | unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; |
| 1156 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 1157 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; |
| 1158 | else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 1159 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; |
| 1160 | else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 1161 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; |
| 1162 | Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) |
| 1163 | << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| 1164 | Invalid = true; |
| 1165 | } |
| 1166 | } |
Douglas Gregor | a71c129 | 2009-03-06 23:06:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 | } |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | |
| 1169 | if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) |
| 1171 | << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | Invalid = true; |
| 1173 | } |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | NamedDecl *Anon = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 | if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 1178 | Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), |
| 1179 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| 1180 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | Anon->setAccess(AS_public); |
| 1183 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1184 | FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | } else { |
| 1186 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC; |
| 1187 | switch (DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1188 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1189 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = VarDecl::None; break; |
| 1190 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; |
| 1191 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: SC = VarDecl::Static; break; |
| 1192 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; |
| 1193 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: SC = VarDecl::Register; break; |
| 1194 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; |
| 1195 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 1196 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 1197 | // an error here |
| 1198 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 1199 | Invalid = true; |
| 1200 | SC = VarDecl::None; |
| 1201 | break; |
| 1202 | } |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), |
| 1205 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| 1206 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | SC, DS.getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | Anon->setImplicit(); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | |
| 1211 | // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current |
| 1212 | // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of |
| 1213 | // its members. |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1214 | Owner->addDecl(Context, Anon); |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 | |
| 1216 | // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning |
| 1217 | // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup |
| 1218 | // purposes. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, Record)) |
| 1220 | Invalid = true; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | |
| 1222 | // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not |
| 1223 | // do this until after we have already checked and injected the |
| 1224 | // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise |
| 1225 | // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it |
| 1226 | // builds its lookup table, and once by |
| 1227 | // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. |
| 1228 | Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | if (Invalid) |
| 1231 | Anon->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1232 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Anon); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | } |
| 1235 | |
Steve Naroff | f009063 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the |
| 1238 | /// given Declarator. |
| 1239 | DeclarationName Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { |
| 1240 | switch (D.getKind()) { |
| 1241 | case Declarator::DK_Abstract: |
| 1242 | assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "abstract declarators have no name"); |
| 1243 | return DeclarationName(); |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | case Declarator::DK_Normal: |
| 1246 | assert (D.getIdentifier() != 0 && "normal declarators have an identifier"); |
| 1247 | return DeclarationName(D.getIdentifier()); |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | case Declarator::DK_Constructor: { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1250 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1252 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(Ty); |
| 1253 | } |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | case Declarator::DK_Destructor: { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1256 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1257 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1258 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(Ty); |
| 1259 | } |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | case Declarator::DK_Conversion: { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | // FIXME: We'd like to keep the non-canonical type for diagnostics! |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
| 1264 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1265 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(Ty); |
| 1266 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e94ca9e4 | 2008-11-18 14:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | |
| 1268 | case Declarator::DK_Operator: |
| 1269 | assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "operator names have no identifier"); |
| 1270 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( |
| 1271 | D.getOverloadedOperator()); |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | } |
| 1273 | |
| 1274 | assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); |
| 1275 | return DeclarationName(); |
| 1276 | } |
| 1277 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | /// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions |
| 1279 | /// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic |
| 1280 | /// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line |
| 1281 | /// function definition doesn't match any declaration within |
| 1282 | /// the class or namespace. |
| 1283 | static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, |
| 1284 | FunctionDecl *Declaration, |
| 1285 | FunctionDecl *Definition) { |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1286 | if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) |
| 1287 | return false; |
| 1288 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { |
| 1289 | QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 1290 | QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | DeclParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 1293 | DefParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 1294 | if (DeclParamTy.getUnqualifiedType() != DefParamTy.getUnqualifiedType()) |
| 1295 | return false; |
| 1296 | } |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 | return true; |
| 1299 | } |
| 1300 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | Sema::DeclPtrTy |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, bool IsFunctionDefinition) { |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1304 | |
Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have |
| 1306 | // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. |
Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | if (!Name) { |
Chris Lattner | 1f6f54b | 2008-11-11 06:13:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | if (!D.getInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. |
| 1309 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | diag::err_declarator_need_ident) |
| 1311 | << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1312 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | } |
| 1314 | |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 1316 | // we find one that is. |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1317 | while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1318 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 1320 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | DeclContext *DC; |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 | NamedDecl *New; |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | QualType R = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 1327 | if (R.isNull()) { |
| 1328 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1329 | R = Context.IntTy; |
| 1330 | } |
| 1331 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 | // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. |
Douglas Gregor | 9fa14a5 | 2009-03-06 19:06:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1333 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) { |
| 1334 | DC = CurContext; |
| 1335 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1336 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1337 | } else if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 | LookupNameKind NameKind = LookupOrdinaryName; |
| 1339 | |
| 1340 | // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function |
| 1341 | // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with |
| 1342 | // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| 1343 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| 1344 | /* Do nothing*/; |
| 1345 | else if (R->isFunctionType()) { |
| 1346 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 1347 | NameKind = LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage; |
| 1348 | } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) |
| 1349 | NameKind = LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage; |
| 1350 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1351 | DC = CurContext; |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1352 | PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Name, NameKind, true, |
Douglas Gregor | 9add317 | 2009-02-17 03:23:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != |
| 1354 | DeclSpec::SCS_static, |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec()); |
Douglas Gregor | 4fdf1fa | 2009-03-11 16:48:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | // FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec()); ? |
Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 | PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | |
| 1361 | // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: |
| 1362 | // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named |
| 1363 | // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit |
| 1364 | // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being |
| 1365 | // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears |
| 1366 | // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the |
| 1367 | // declarations namespace. |
| 1368 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 | // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet |
| 1370 | // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually |
| 1371 | // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: |
| 1372 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | // class X { |
| 1374 | // void f(); |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | // void f(float); |
Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 | // }; |
| 1377 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed |
| 1379 | // |
| 1380 | // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set |
| 1381 | // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them |
| 1382 | // matches. |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | |
| 1384 | // First check whether we named the global scope. |
| 1385 | if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { |
| 1386 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) |
| 1387 | << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1388 | } else if (!CurContext->Encloses(DC)) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. |
| 1390 | // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. |
| 1391 | SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 1392 | SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) |
Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | else |
Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | } |
| 1400 | } |
| 1401 | |
Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
Douglas Gregor | 898574e | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl |
| 1405 | || DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 1407 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1408 | } |
| 1409 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type |
| 1411 | // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a |
| 1413 | // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). |
| 1414 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->getIdentifierNamespace() == Decl::IDNS_Tag && |
| 1415 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1417 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | bool Redeclaration = false; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1419 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | InvalidDecl, Redeclaration); |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1423 | New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | IsFunctionDefinition, InvalidDecl, |
| 1425 | Redeclaration); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1427 | New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | InvalidDecl, Redeclaration); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1430 | |
| 1431 | if (New == 0) |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration, |
| 1435 | // add it to the scope stack. |
| 1436 | if (Name && !(Redeclaration && InvalidDecl)) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1438 | // If any semantic error occurred, mark the decl as invalid. |
| 1439 | if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) |
| 1440 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | return DeclPtrTy::make(New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | } |
| 1444 | |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array |
| 1446 | /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise |
| 1447 | /// be errors (for GCC compatibility). |
| 1448 | static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, |
| 1449 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 1450 | bool &SizeIsNegative) { |
| 1451 | // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant |
| 1452 | // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary |
| 1453 | // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy |
| 1454 | // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} |
| 1455 | SizeIsNegative = false; |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(T)) { |
| 1458 | QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
| 1459 | QualType FixedType = |
| 1460 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative); |
| 1461 | if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; |
Eli Friedman | 61125c8 | 2009-02-21 00:58:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); |
| 1463 | FixedType.setCVRQualifiers(T.getCVRQualifiers()); |
| 1464 | return FixedType; |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | } |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | if (!VLATy) |
| 1469 | return QualType(); |
| 1470 | // FIXME: We should probably handle this case |
| 1471 | if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
| 1472 | return QualType(); |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | |
| 1474 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; |
| 1475 | if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || |
| 1477 | !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | return QualType(); |
Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
| 1481 | if (Res >= llvm::APSInt(Res.getBitWidth(), Res.isUnsigned())) |
| 1482 | return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), |
| 1483 | Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | SizeIsNegative = true; |
| 1486 | return QualType(); |
| 1487 | } |
| 1488 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so |
| 1490 | /// that it can be found later for redeclarations |
| 1491 | void |
| 1492 | Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 1493 | Scope *S) { |
| 1494 | assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && |
| 1495 | "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); |
| 1496 | // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. |
| 1497 | LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | if (!PrevDecl) |
| 1500 | return; |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be |
| 1503 | // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new |
| 1504 | // declaration. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 | if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1506 | // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver |
| 1507 | // chain, so remove it from its scope. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | while (S && !S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl))) |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | if (S) |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl)); |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | } |
| 1514 | } |
| 1515 | |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that |
| 1517 | /// does not identify a function. |
| 1518 | void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { |
| 1519 | // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid |
| 1520 | // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" |
| 1521 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) |
| 1522 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), |
| 1523 | diag::err_inline_non_function); |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) |
| 1526 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 1527 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) |
| 1530 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), |
| 1531 | diag::err_explicit_non_function); |
| 1532 | } |
| 1533 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | QualType R, Decl* PrevDecl, bool& InvalidDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1539 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1540 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) |
| 1541 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1542 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1543 | // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. |
| 1544 | DC = 0; |
| 1545 | } |
| 1546 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1548 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | } |
| 1551 | |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| 1553 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1554 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R); |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | if (!NewTD) return 0; |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 1558 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewTD, D); |
| 1559 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is |
| 1560 | // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. |
| 1561 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 1563 | if (MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, PrevDecl)) |
| 1564 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | } |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 | QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type |
| 1570 | // then it shall have block scope. |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 1572 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 1573 | QualType FixedTy = |
| 1574 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative); |
| 1575 | if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { |
| 1576 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 1577 | NewTD->setUnderlyingType(FixedTy); |
| 1578 | } else { |
| 1579 | if (SizeIsNegative) |
| 1580 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| 1581 | else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) |
| 1582 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1583 | else |
| 1584 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1585 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1586 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | } |
| 1588 | } |
| 1589 | return NewTD; |
| 1590 | } |
| 1591 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope |
| 1593 | /// previous declaration. |
| 1594 | /// |
| 1595 | /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a |
| 1596 | /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a |
| 1597 | /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new |
| 1598 | /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with |
| 1599 | /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 |
| 1600 | /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| 1601 | /// |
| 1602 | /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name |
| 1603 | /// lookup |
| 1604 | /// |
| 1605 | /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being |
| 1606 | /// declared. |
| 1607 | /// |
| 1608 | /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration |
| 1609 | /// for a new delcaration with the same name. |
| 1610 | static bool |
| 1611 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, |
| 1612 | ASTContext &Context) { |
| 1613 | if (!PrevDecl) |
| 1614 | return 0; |
| 1615 | |
| 1616 | // FIXME: PrevDecl could be an OverloadedFunctionDecl, in which |
| 1617 | // case we need to check each of the overloaded functions. |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 | if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) |
| 1619 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1620 | |
| 1621 | if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1622 | // C++ [basic.link]p6: |
| 1623 | // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage |
| 1624 | // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared |
| 1625 | // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block |
| 1626 | // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the |
| 1627 | // linkage of the previous declaration. |
| 1628 | DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getLookupContext(); |
| 1629 | if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 1630 | // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. |
| 1631 | return false; |
| 1632 | else { |
| 1633 | DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); |
| 1634 | if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) |
| 1635 | // We found a member function: ignore it. |
| 1636 | return false; |
| 1637 | else { |
| 1638 | // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and |
| 1639 | // previous declarations. |
| 1640 | while (!OuterContext->isFileContext()) |
| 1641 | OuterContext = OuterContext->getParent(); |
| 1642 | while (!PrevOuterContext->isFileContext()) |
| 1643 | PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getParent(); |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it |
| 1646 | // isn't the same function. |
| 1647 | if (OuterContext->getPrimaryContext() != |
| 1648 | PrevOuterContext->getPrimaryContext()) |
| 1649 | return false; |
| 1650 | } |
| 1651 | } |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1654 | return true; |
| 1655 | } |
| 1656 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1658 | Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | QualType R,NamedDecl* PrevDecl, bool& InvalidDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1661 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
| 1664 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1665 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 1666 | |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | VarDecl *NewVD; |
| 1668 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC; |
| 1669 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1670 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1671 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = VarDecl::None; break; |
| 1672 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; |
| 1673 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: SC = VarDecl::Static; break; |
| 1674 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; |
| 1675 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: SC = VarDecl::Register; break; |
| 1676 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; |
| 1677 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 1678 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 1679 | // an error here |
| 1680 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 1681 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1682 | SC = VarDecl::None; |
| 1683 | break; |
| 1684 | } |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 1687 | if (!II) { |
| 1688 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) |
| 1689 | << Name.getAsString(); |
| 1690 | return 0; |
| 1691 | } |
| 1692 | |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2d2e9cf | 2009-03-11 20:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 | bool ThreadSpecified = D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified(); |
| 1696 | if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
| 1697 | // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not |
| 1698 | // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. |
| 1699 | if (SC == VarDecl::Auto || SC == VarDecl::Register) { |
| 1700 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); |
| 1701 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 1705 | // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. |
| 1706 | if (SC == VarDecl::Static) { |
| 1707 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1708 | diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| 1709 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 1710 | SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())); |
| 1711 | } else if (SC == VarDecl::None) |
| 1712 | SC = VarDecl::Static; |
| 1713 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 | |
| 1715 | // The variable can not |
Douglas Gregor | 2d2e9cf | 2009-03-11 20:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 | NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 1717 | II, R, SC, |
| 1718 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 1719 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 1720 | NewVD->setThreadSpecified(ThreadSpecified); |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1721 | |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 1723 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
| 1724 | NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 1725 | |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1726 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 1727 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewVD, D); |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 1730 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 1731 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 1732 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 | NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), |
| 1734 | SE->getByteLength()))); |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1735 | } |
| 1736 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1737 | // If name lookup finds a previous declaration that is not in the |
| 1738 | // same scope as the new declaration, this may still be an |
| 1739 | // acceptable redeclaration. |
| 1740 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S) && |
| 1741 | !(NewVD->hasLinkage() && |
| 1742 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(PrevDecl, DC, Context))) |
| 1743 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. |
| 1746 | if (PrevDecl) { |
| 1747 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(PrevDecl) && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1748 | // The user tried to define a non-static data member |
| 1749 | // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1750 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) |
| 1751 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1752 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1753 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1754 | } |
| 1755 | } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1756 | // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. |
| 1757 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_no_member) |
| 1758 | << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1759 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1760 | } |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 | if (CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl, Redeclaration)) |
| 1763 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 | // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of |
| 1766 | // such variables. |
| 1767 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC(Context) && |
| 1768 | !InvalidDecl) |
| 1769 | RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl, S); |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 | return NewVD; |
| 1772 | } |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable |
| 1775 | /// declaration. |
| 1776 | /// |
| 1777 | /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a |
| 1778 | /// variable declaration once it has been build. It is used both to |
| 1779 | /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators |
| 1780 | /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check |
| 1781 | /// |
| 1782 | /// \returns true if an error was encountered, false otherwise. |
| 1783 | bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 1784 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
| 1785 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | QualType T = NewVD->getType(); |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 | if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 1790 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); |
| 1791 | Invalid = true; |
| 1792 | } |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 | // The variable can not have an abstract class type. |
| 1795 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, |
| 1796 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 1797 | AbstractVariableType)) |
| 1798 | Invalid = true; |
| 1799 | |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. |
| 1801 | // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not |
| 1802 | // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. |
| 1803 | // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (T.getAddressSpace() != 0)) { |
| 1805 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); |
| 1806 | Invalid = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1807 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7b5b317 | 2009-02-21 19:44:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | |
Mike Stump | f33651c | 2009-04-14 00:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() |
Mike Stump | f0c9083 | 2009-04-14 02:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 | && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1811 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 7b5b317 | 2009-02-21 19:44:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 | bool isIllegalVLA = T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage(); |
| 1814 | bool isIllegalVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType() && NewVD->hasLinkage(); |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | if (isIllegalVLA || isIllegalVM) { |
| 1816 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 1817 | QualType FixedTy = |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1818 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative); |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { |
| 1820 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 1821 | NewVD->setType(FixedTy); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | } else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) { |
| 1823 | Invalid = true; |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for |
| 1827 | // int a[10][n]; |
| 1828 | SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 1831 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) |
| 1832 | << SizeRange; |
| 1833 | else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) |
| 1834 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) |
| 1835 | << SizeRange; |
| 1836 | else |
| 1837 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) |
| 1838 | << SizeRange; |
| 1839 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | Invalid = true; |
Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | |
| 1842 | if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 1843 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1844 | else |
| 1845 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); |
| 1846 | } |
| 1847 | } |
| 1848 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | if (!PrevDecl && NewVD->isExternC(Context)) { |
| 1850 | // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring |
| 1851 | // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" |
| 1852 | // declaration with the same name. |
| 1853 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) |
| 1856 | PrevDecl = Pos->second; |
| 1857 | } |
| 1858 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | if (!Invalid && T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { |
| 1860 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) |
| 1861 | << T; |
| 1862 | Invalid = true; |
| 1863 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1864 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 1867 | if (MergeVarDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl)) |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | Invalid = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1871 | return NewVD->isInvalidDecl() || Invalid; |
Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | } |
| 1873 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1874 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | QualType R, NamedDecl* PrevDecl, |
| 1877 | bool IsFunctionDefinition, |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | bool& InvalidDecl, bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1882 | FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = FunctionDecl::None; |
| 1883 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1884 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1885 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: |
| 1886 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: |
| 1887 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1889 | diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1891 | break; |
| 1892 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = FunctionDecl::None; break; |
| 1893 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::Extern; break; |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | // C99 6.7.1p5: |
| 1897 | // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has |
| 1898 | // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier |
| 1899 | // other than extern |
| 1900 | // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). |
| 1901 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 1902 | diag::err_static_block_func); |
| 1903 | SC = FunctionDecl::None; |
| 1904 | } else |
| 1905 | SC = FunctionDecl::Static; |
| 1906 | break; |
| 1907 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern;break; |
| 1909 | } |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); |
| 1914 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| 1917 | // the class has been completely parsed. |
| 1918 | if (!DC->isRecord() && |
| 1919 | RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(), |
Anders Carlsson | b9bbe49 | 2009-03-23 17:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | AbstractReturnType)) |
Chris Lattner | bb74982 | 2009-04-11 19:17:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. |
| 1926 | if (R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 1927 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 1928 | diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 |
| 1929 | << R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(); |
| 1930 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1931 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | bool isVirtualOkay = false; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | FunctionDecl *NewFD; |
| 1935 | if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Constructor) { |
| 1936 | // This is a C++ constructor declaration. |
| 1937 | assert(DC->isRecord() && |
| 1938 | "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); |
| 1939 | |
| 1940 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | // Create the new declaration |
| 1943 | NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, |
| 1944 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1945 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 1946 | isExplicit, isInline, |
| 1947 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 1950 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1951 | } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Destructor) { |
| 1952 | // This is a C++ destructor declaration. |
| 1953 | if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1954 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, |
| 1957 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1958 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 1959 | isInline, |
| 1960 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 1963 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 | |
| 1965 | isVirtualOkay = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | } else { |
| 1967 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing |
| 1970 | // code path. |
| 1971 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | Name, R, SC, isInline, |
Douglas Gregor | 2224f84 | 2009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | /*hasPrototype=*/true, |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 1975 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 1976 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1977 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1978 | } |
| 1979 | } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Conversion) { |
| 1980 | if (!DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1981 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 1982 | diag::err_conv_function_not_member); |
| 1983 | return 0; |
| 1984 | } else { |
| 1985 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 | NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1988 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 1989 | isInline, isExplicit); |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 1992 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | |
| 1994 | isVirtualOkay = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | } |
| 1996 | } else if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1997 | // This is a C++ method declaration. |
| 1998 | NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1999 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | (SC == FunctionDecl::Static), isInline); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | |
| 2002 | isVirtualOkay = (SC != FunctionDecl::Static); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | d874def | 2009-03-19 18:33:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | // Determine whether the function was written with a |
| 2005 | // prototype. This true when: |
| 2006 | // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), |
| 2007 | // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or |
| 2008 | // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference |
| 2009 | // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). |
Douglas Gregor | 13d7a32 | 2009-03-19 18:14:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | bool HasPrototype = |
Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || |
Douglas Gregor | 13d7a32 | 2009-03-19 18:14:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) || |
Douglas Gregor | d1659a6 | 2009-03-23 16:26:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); |
Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| 2016 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | Name, R, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 2019 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 2020 | } |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 | // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ |
| 2023 | // scope specifier, the lexical context will be different |
| 2024 | // from the semantic context. |
| 2025 | NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 2026 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: |
| 2028 | // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of |
| 2029 | // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a |
| 2030 | // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. |
| 2031 | // |
| 2032 | // FIXME: Checking the 'virtual' specifier is not sufficient. A |
| 2033 | // function is also virtual if it overrides an already virtual |
| 2034 | // function. This is important to do here because it's part of the |
| 2035 | // declaration. |
| 2036 | if (isVirtual && !InvalidDecl) { |
| 2037 | if (!isVirtualOkay) { |
| 2038 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 2039 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 2040 | } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 2041 | // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. |
| 2042 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) |
| 2043 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 2044 | SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc())); |
| 2045 | } else { |
| 2046 | // Okay: Add virtual to the method. |
| 2047 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->setVirtual(); |
| 2048 | CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); |
| 2049 | CurClass->setAggregate(false); |
| 2050 | CurClass->setPOD(false); |
| 2051 | CurClass->setPolymorphic(true); |
Anders Carlsson | 347ba89 | 2009-04-16 00:08:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | CurClass->setHasTrivialConstructor(false); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | } |
| 2054 | } |
| 2055 | |
Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && |
| 2057 | !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 2058 | // C++ [class.static]p1: |
| 2059 | // A data or function member of a class may be declared static |
| 2060 | // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of |
| 2061 | // the class. |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line |
| 2064 | // member function definition. |
| 2065 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 2066 | diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| 2067 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 2068 | SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())); |
| 2069 | } |
| 2070 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 2072 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 2073 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 2074 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), |
| 2076 | SE->getByteLength()))); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | } |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to |
| 2080 | // the function declaration NewFD, if they are available. |
| 2081 | if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { |
| 2082 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the |
| 2085 | // FunctionDecl. |
| 2086 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs |
| 2089 | // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a |
| 2090 | // single void argument. |
| 2091 | // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator |
| 2092 | // already checks for that case. |
| 2093 | if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && |
| 2094 | FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType()) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2096 | // empty arg list, don't push any params. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | |
| 2099 | // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a |
| 2100 | // typedef of void is not permitted. |
| 2101 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 2102 | Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | } |
| 2105 | } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) |
| 2107 | Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | } |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | NewFD->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
| 2111 | } else if (R->getAsTypedefType()) { |
| 2112 | // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, as in the |
| 2113 | // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) |
| 2114 | // parameters for use in the declaration. |
| 2115 | // |
| 2116 | // @code |
| 2117 | // typedef void fn(int); |
| 2118 | // fn f; |
| 2119 | // @endcode |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2120 | const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAsFunctionProtoType(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2121 | if (!FT) { |
| 2122 | // This is a typedef of a function with no prototype, so we |
| 2123 | // don't need to do anything. |
| 2124 | } else if ((FT->getNumArgs() == 0) || |
| 2125 | (FT->getNumArgs() == 1 && !FT->isVariadic() && |
| 2126 | FT->getArgType(0)->isVoidType())) { |
| 2127 | // This is a zero-argument function. We don't need to do anything. |
| 2128 | } else { |
| 2129 | // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| 2130 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 | for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator ArgType = FT->arg_type_begin(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | ArgType != FT->arg_type_end(); ++ArgType) { |
Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| 2134 | SourceLocation(), 0, |
| 2135 | *ArgType, VarDecl::None, |
| 2136 | 0); |
| 2137 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 2138 | Params.push_back(Param); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | } |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | NewFD->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
| 2142 | } |
| 2143 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | // If name lookup finds a previous declaration that is not in the |
| 2146 | // same scope as the new declaration, this may still be an |
| 2147 | // acceptable redeclaration. |
| 2148 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S) && |
Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2149 | !(NewFD->hasLinkage() && |
| 2150 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(PrevDecl, DC, Context))) |
Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2152 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 | // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. |
| 2154 | bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK! |
| 2155 | if (CheckFunctionDeclaration(NewFD, PrevDecl, Redeclaration, |
| 2156 | /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired)) |
| 2157 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !InvalidDecl) { |
| 2160 | // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a |
| 2161 | // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 2162 | if (!IsFunctionDefinition) { |
| 2163 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_declaration) |
| 2164 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 2165 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2166 | } else if (!Redeclaration) { |
| 2167 | // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a |
| 2168 | // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there |
| 2169 | // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, |
| 2170 | // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: |
| 2171 | // |
| 2172 | // class X { |
| 2173 | // void f() const; |
| 2174 | // }; |
| 2175 | // |
| 2176 | // void X::f() { } // ill-formed |
| 2177 | // |
| 2178 | // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close |
| 2179 | // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and |
| 2180 | // whether the parameter types are references). |
| 2181 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) |
| 2182 | << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 2183 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | LookupResult Prev = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 2186 | true); |
| 2187 | assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && |
| 2188 | "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); |
| 2189 | for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); |
| 2190 | Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { |
| 2191 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && |
| 2192 | isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) |
| 2193 | Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); |
| 2194 | } |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 2197 | } |
| 2198 | } |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes |
| 2201 | // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). |
| 2202 | // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, |
| 2203 | // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. |
| 2204 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, D); |
| 2205 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { |
| 2208 | // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function |
| 2209 | // with that name must be marked "overloadable". |
| 2210 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) |
| 2211 | << Redeclaration << NewFD; |
| 2212 | if (PrevDecl) |
| 2213 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), |
| 2214 | diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); |
| 2215 | NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr()); |
| 2216 | } |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the |
| 2219 | // map of such names. |
| 2220 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC(Context) |
| 2221 | && !InvalidDecl) |
| 2222 | RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, PrevDecl, S); |
| 2223 | |
| 2224 | return NewFD; |
| 2225 | } |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. |
| 2228 | /// |
| 2229 | /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration |
| 2230 | /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not |
| 2231 | /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is |
| 2232 | /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed |
| 2233 | /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions |
| 2234 | /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called |
| 2235 | /// via InstantiateDecl). |
| 2236 | /// |
| 2237 | /// \returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 2238 | bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(FunctionDecl *NewFD, NamedDecl *&PrevDecl, |
| 2239 | bool &Redeclaration, |
| 2240 | bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { |
| 2241 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). |
| 2244 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2245 | // C++-specific checks. |
| 2246 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 2247 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConstructor(Constructor); |
| 2248 | else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 2249 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getParent()); |
| 2250 | Record->setUserDeclaredDestructor(true); |
| 2251 | // C++ [class]p4: A POD-struct is an aggregate class that has [...] no |
| 2252 | // user-defined destructor. |
| 2253 | Record->setPOD(false); |
Anders Carlsson | 072abef | 2009-04-17 02:34:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | |
| 2255 | // C++ [class.dtor]p3: A destructor is trivial if it is an implicitly- |
| 2256 | // declared destructor. |
| 2257 | Record->setHasTrivialDestructor(false); |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion |
| 2259 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 2260 | ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). |
| 2263 | if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && |
| 2264 | CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) |
| 2265 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2266 | } |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | // Check for a previous declaration of this name. |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | if (!PrevDecl && NewFD->isExternC(Context)) { |
| 2270 | // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring |
| 2271 | // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" |
| 2272 | // declaration with the same name. |
| 2273 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2274 | = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 | if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) |
| 2276 | PrevDecl = Pos->second; |
| 2277 | } |
| 2278 | |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of |
| 2280 | // the same name, if appropriate. |
Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, |
| 2284 | // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new |
| 2285 | // function to the scope. |
| 2286 | OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator MatchedDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 | |
| 2288 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 | OverloadableAttrRequired = true; |
| 2291 | |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | // Functions marked "overloadable" must have a prototype (that |
| 2293 | // we can't get through declaration merging). |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | if (!NewFD->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) |
| 2296 | << NewFD; |
| 2297 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 2298 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | QualType R = Context.getFunctionType( |
| 2302 | NewFD->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(), |
| 2303 | 0, 0, true, 0); |
Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | NewFD->setType(R); |
| 2305 | } |
| 2306 | } |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 | if (PrevDecl && |
| 2309 | (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context) || |
| 2310 | !IsOverload(NewFD, PrevDecl, MatchedDecl))) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2311 | Redeclaration = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | Decl *OldDecl = PrevDecl; |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 | // If PrevDecl was an overloaded function, extract the |
| 2315 | // FunctionDecl that matched. |
| 2316 | if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 2317 | OldDecl = *MatchedDecl; |
| 2318 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 | // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | // merged. |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) |
| 2322 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | if (!InvalidDecl) |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
Sebastian Redl | 00d5074 | 2009-02-08 14:56:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless |
| 2331 | // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done |
| 2332 | // during delayed parsing anyway. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 25d944a | 2009-02-24 04:26:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 | return InvalidDecl || NewFD->isInvalidDecl(); |
Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | } |
| 2338 | |
Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for |
| 2341 | // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or |
| 2342 | // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, |
| 2343 | // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated |
| 2344 | // expressions. Everything else falls under the |
| 2345 | // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. |
| 2346 | // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression |
| 2347 | // rules there don't matter.) |
Chris Lattner | 111c2ee | 2009-02-24 21:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context)) |
Eli Friedman | 578a972 | 2009-02-22 06:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | return false; |
Eli Friedman | 2129828 | 2009-02-26 04:47:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) |
| 2351 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | } |
| 2354 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl, ExprArg init) { |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, move(init), /*DirectInit=*/false); |
| 2357 | } |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 | /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the |
| 2360 | /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct |
| 2361 | /// initialization rather than copy initialization. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl, ExprArg init, bool DirectInit) { |
| 2363 | Decl *RealDecl = dcl.getAs<Decl>(); |
Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore |
| 2365 | // the initializer. |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 | if (RealDecl == 0) |
Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | return; |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 2370 | // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot |
| 2371 | // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. |
| 2372 | // Thus this grotesque test. |
| 2373 | IntegerLiteral *IL; |
| 2374 | Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr *>(init.get()); |
| 2375 | if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && |
| 2376 | Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) { |
Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | if (Method->isVirtual()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | Method->setPure(); |
Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2379 | |
| 2380 | // A class is abstract if at least one function is pure virtual. |
| 2381 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->setAbstract(true); |
Douglas Gregor | 3329756 | 2009-03-27 04:38:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 | } else if (!Method->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_non_virtual_pure) |
| 2384 | << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2385 | Method->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2386 | } |
| 2387 | } else { |
| 2388 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) |
| 2389 | << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2390 | Method->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2391 | } |
| 2392 | return; |
| 2393 | } |
| 2394 | |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); |
| 2396 | if (!VDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2397 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 2398 | RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| 2399 | isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) |
| 2400 | Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) |
| 2401 | << cast<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)->getDeclName(); |
| 2402 | else |
| 2403 | Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2405 | return; |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | } |
| 2407 | |
Eli Friedman | a31feca | 2009-04-13 21:28:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | if (!VDecl->getType()->isArrayType() && |
| 2409 | RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), |
| 2410 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
| 2411 | RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2412 | return; |
| 2413 | } |
| 2414 | |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | const VarDecl *Def = 0; |
| 2416 | if (VDecl->getDefinition(Def)) { |
| 2417 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) |
| 2418 | << VDecl->getDeclName(); |
| 2419 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 2420 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2421 | return; |
| 2422 | } |
| 2423 | |
Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | // Take ownership of the expression, now that we're sure we have somewhere |
| 2425 | // to put it. |
| 2426 | Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr *>(init.release()); |
| 2427 | assert(Init && "missing initializer"); |
| 2428 | |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 | QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2436 | } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 | VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2440 | |
| 2441 | // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. |
Eli Friedman | da15323 | 2009-02-20 01:34:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. |
| 2443 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 2446 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && |
| 2449 | VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { |
| 2450 | // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., |
| 2451 | // |
| 2452 | // struct S { |
| 2453 | // static const int value = 17; |
| 2454 | // }; |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 | // Attach the initializer |
| 2457 | VDecl->setInit(Init); |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | // C++ [class.mem]p4: |
| 2460 | // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only |
| 2461 | // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or |
| 2462 | // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. |
| 2463 | QualType T = VDecl->getType(); |
| 2464 | if (!T->isDependentType() && |
| 2465 | (!Context.getCanonicalType(T).isConstQualified() || |
| 2466 | !T->isIntegralType())) { |
| 2467 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) |
| 2468 | << VDecl->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2469 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2470 | } else { |
| 2471 | // C++ [class.static.data]p4: |
| 2472 | // If a static data member is of const integral or const |
| 2473 | // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition |
| 2474 | // can specify a constant-initializer which shall be an |
| 2475 | // integral constant expression (5.19). |
| 2476 | if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && |
| 2477 | !Init->getType()->isIntegralType()) { |
| 2478 | // We have a non-dependent, non-integral or enumeration type. |
| 2479 | Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 2480 | diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_integral_type) |
| 2481 | << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2482 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2483 | } else if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && !Init->isValueDependent()) { |
| 2484 | // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. |
| 2485 | llvm::APSInt Value; |
| 2486 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 2487 | if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { |
| 2488 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) |
| 2489 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 2490 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2491 | } else if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) |
| 2492 | ImpCastExprToType(Init, VDecl->getType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 | } |
| 2494 | } |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2495 | } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { |
Steve Naroff | ee3899e | 2009-04-15 15:20:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2499 | if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) |
Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 | |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 | // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. |
Eli Friedman | da15323 | 2009-02-20 01:34:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 | // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. |
| 2505 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 | // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. |
| 2507 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 2508 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | } |
| 2510 | // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was |
| 2511 | // completed by the initializer. For example: |
| 2512 | // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; |
| 2513 | // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. |
Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2514 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2515 | VDecl->setType(DclT); |
Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | Init->setType(DclT); |
| 2517 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 | |
| 2519 | // Attach the initializer to the decl. |
Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 | VDecl->setInit(Init); |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | return; |
| 2522 | } |
| 2523 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 | void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl) { |
| 2525 | Decl *RealDecl = dcl.getAs<Decl>(); |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 48c2e90 | 2008-11-07 13:01:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2527 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. |
| 2528 | if (RealDecl == 0) |
| 2529 | return; |
| 2530 | |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2531 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 2532 | QualType Type = Var->getType(); |
| 2533 | // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p3: |
| 2534 | // The initializer can be omitted for a reference only in a |
| 2535 | // parameter declaration (8.3.5), in the declaration of a |
| 2536 | // function return type, in the declaration of a class member |
| 2537 | // within its class declaration (9.2), and where the extern |
| 2538 | // specifier is explicitly used. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 | if (Type->isReferenceType() && !Var->hasExternalStorage()) { |
Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | << Var->getDeclName() |
| 2542 | << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2544 | return; |
| 2545 | } |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | // C++ [dcl.init]p9: |
| 2548 | // |
| 2549 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the object |
| 2550 | // is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or array |
| 2551 | // thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if the |
| 2552 | // object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class type |
| 2553 | // shall have a user-declared default constructor. |
| 2554 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2555 | QualType InitType = Type; |
| 2556 | if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(Type)) |
| 2557 | InitType = Array->getElementType(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | if (!Var->hasExternalStorage() && InitType->isRecordType()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 930e8d0 | 2009-04-16 23:50:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = |
| 2560 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl()); |
| 2561 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | if (!RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), InitType, |
Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use)) |
| 2564 | Constructor |
| 2565 | = PerformInitializationByConstructor(InitType, 0, 0, |
| 2566 | Var->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 | SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), |
| 2568 | Var->getLocation()), |
Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 | Var->getDeclName(), |
| 2570 | IK_Default); |
Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | if (!Constructor) |
| 2572 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | 930e8d0 | 2009-04-16 23:50:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2573 | else if (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor()) |
| 2574 | InitializeVarWithConstructor(Var, Constructor, InitType, 0, 0); |
Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | } |
| 2576 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | |
Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | #if 0 |
| 2579 | // FIXME: Temporarily disabled because we are not properly parsing |
| 2580 | // linkage specifications on declarations, e.g., |
| 2581 | // |
| 2582 | // extern "C" const CGPoint CGPointerZero; |
| 2583 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | // C++ [dcl.init]p9: |
| 2585 | // |
| 2586 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the |
| 2587 | // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or |
| 2588 | // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if |
| 2589 | // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class |
| 2590 | // type shall have a user-declared default |
| 2591 | // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for |
| 2592 | // an object, the object and its subobjects, if any, have an |
| 2593 | // indeterminate initial value; if the object or any of its |
| 2594 | // subobjects are of const-qualified type, the program is |
| 2595 | // ill-formed. |
| 2596 | // |
| 2597 | // This isn't technically an error in C, so we don't diagnose it. |
| 2598 | // |
| 2599 | // FIXME: Actually perform the POD/user-defined default |
| 2600 | // constructor check. |
| 2601 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2602 | Context.getCanonicalType(Type).isConstQualified() && |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | !Var->hasExternalStorage()) |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_const_var_requires_init) |
| 2605 | << Var->getName() |
| 2606 | << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2607 | #endif |
Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | } |
| 2609 | } |
| 2610 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy *Group, |
| 2612 | unsigned NumDecls) { |
| 2613 | llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; |
Steve Naroff | 9474504 | 2007-09-13 23:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) |
| 2616 | if (Decl *D = Group[i].getAs<Decl>()) |
| 2617 | Decls.push_back(D); |
| 2618 | |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | // Perform semantic analysis that depends on having fully processed both |
| 2620 | // the declarator and initializer. |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Decls.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2622 | VarDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decls[i]); |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 | if (!IDecl) |
| 2624 | continue; |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 | QualType T = IDecl->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 | // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is declared with |
| 2628 | // no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the object shall be complete... |
Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | if (IDecl->isBlockVarDecl() && !IDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | if (!IDecl->isInvalidDecl() && |
Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2631 | RequireCompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), T, |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2634 | } |
| 2635 | // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for and |
| 2636 | // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a |
| 2637 | // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", |
| 2638 | // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with |
| 2639 | // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). |
Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2640 | if (IDecl->isTentativeDefinition(Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 | QualType CheckType = T; |
| 2642 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type; |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(T); |
| 2645 | if (ArrayT) { |
| 2646 | CheckType = ArrayT->getElementType(); |
| 2647 | DiagID = diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type; |
| 2648 | } |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 | |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | if (IDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 2651 | // Do nothing with invalid declarations |
| 2652 | } else if ((ArrayT || IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) && |
| 2653 | RequireCompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), CheckType, DiagID)) { |
Steve Naroff | 9a75f8a | 2008-01-18 20:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is |
| 2655 | // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the |
| 2656 | // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | } |
Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | } |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, |
Chris Lattner | 5186872 | 2009-04-12 20:51:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | &Decls[0], Decls.size())); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | } |
Steve Naroff | e1223f7 | 2007-08-28 03:03:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() |
| 2667 | /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | Sema::DeclPtrTy |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2671 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. |
Daniel Dunbar | 33ad012 | 2008-09-03 21:54:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 | VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = VarDecl::None; |
| 2674 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { |
| 2675 | StorageClass = VarDecl::Register; |
| 2676 | } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 2678 | diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); |
Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | } |
| 2681 | if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) { |
| 2682 | Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), |
| 2683 | diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); |
Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 | } |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| 2687 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6d6eb57 | 2008-05-07 04:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2688 | // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this |
| 2689 | // parameter (C++ only). |
| 2690 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 2691 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 2692 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | // In this context, we *do not* check D.getInvalidType(). If the declarator |
| 2694 | // type was invalid, GetTypeForDeclarator() still returns a "valid" type, |
| 2695 | // though it will not reflect the user specified type. |
| 2696 | QualType parmDeclType = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
Chris Lattner | 798d569 | 2009-04-12 22:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | if (parmDeclType.isNull()) { |
| 2698 | D.setInvalidType(true); |
| 2699 | parmDeclType = Context.IntTy; |
| 2700 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2701 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | // TODO: CHECK FOR CONFLICTS, multiple decls with same name in one scope. |
| 2703 | // Can this happen for params? We already checked that they don't conflict |
| 2704 | // among each other. Here they can only shadow globals, which is ok. |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2707 | if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupOrdinaryName)) { |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| 2709 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 2710 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
| 2711 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 2712 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2713 | } else if (S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl))) { |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 | |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | // Recover by removing the name |
| 2717 | II = 0; |
| 2718 | D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 2719 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6a9f3e3 | 2007-08-07 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | |
Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | // Parameters can not be abstract class types. |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| 2725 | // the class has been completely parsed. |
| 2726 | if (!CurContext->isRecord() && |
| 2727 | RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), parmDeclType, |
Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 | AbstractParamType)) |
Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2730 | D.setInvalidType(true); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | QualType T = adjustParameterType(parmDeclType); |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 | ParmVarDecl *New; |
| 2735 | if (T == parmDeclType) // parameter type did not need adjustment |
| 2736 | New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 2737 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, |
| 2738 | parmDeclType, StorageClass, |
| 2739 | 0); |
| 2740 | else // keep track of both the adjusted and unadjusted types |
| 2741 | New = OriginalParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 2742 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, T, |
| 2743 | parmDeclType, StorageClass, 0); |
Anders Carlsson | f78915f | 2008-02-15 07:04:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 | if (D.getInvalidType()) |
Steve Naroff | 53a3234 | 2007-08-28 18:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2747 | |
Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2748 | // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are |
| 2749 | // passed by reference. |
Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 2dd979f | 2009-04-11 19:08:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2751 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 2752 | diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; |
Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2753 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2754 | } |
Chris Lattner | f97e8fa | 2009-04-11 19:34:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | |
| 2756 | // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 2757 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 2758 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) |
| 2759 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 2760 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2761 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2762 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(New)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | if (II) |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | IdResolver.AddDecl(New); |
Nate Begeman | b7894b5 | 2008-02-17 21:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2767 | |
Chris Lattner | 3ff30c8 | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | ProcessDeclAttributes(New, D); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 | return DeclPtrTy::make(New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 306d68f | 2007-11-08 23:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 | |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2772 | void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2773 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2774 | assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 2775 | "Not a function declarator!"); |
| 2776 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' |
| 2779 | // for a K&R function. |
| 2780 | if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { |
Douglas Gregor | 2610348 | 2009-04-02 03:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { |
| 2782 | --i; |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2783 | if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { |
Douglas Gregor | 2610348 | 2009-04-02 03:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | std::string Code = " int "; |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2785 | Code += FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName(); |
Douglas Gregor | 2610348 | 2009-04-02 03:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 | Code += ";\n"; |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident |
| 2789 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); |
| 2790 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better |
| 2792 | // type. |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2793 | DeclSpec DS; |
| 2794 | const char* PrevSpec; // unused |
| 2795 | DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, |
| 2796 | PrevSpec); |
| 2797 | Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); |
| 2798 | ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); |
Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 | } |
| 2801 | } |
Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | } |
| 2803 | } |
| 2804 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, |
| 2806 | Declarator &D) { |
Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); |
| 2808 | assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 2809 | "Not a function declarator!"); |
| 2810 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | if (FTI.hasPrototype) { |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2813 | // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | } |
| 2815 | |
Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); |
Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | DeclPtrTy DP = ActOnDeclarator(ParentScope, D, /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); |
| 2819 | return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | } |
| 2821 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, DeclPtrTy D) { |
| 2823 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D.getAs<Decl>()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 | |
| 2825 | // See if this is a redefinition. |
| 2826 | const FunctionDecl *Definition; |
| 2827 | if (FD->getBody(Definition)) { |
Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2828 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2830 | } |
| 2831 | |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2832 | // Builtin functions cannot be defined. |
| 2833 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 655753a | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; |
Douglas Gregor | 655753a | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2837 | } |
Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 | } |
| 2839 | |
Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2840 | // The return type of a function definition must be complete |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). |
| 2842 | QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); |
| 2843 | if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && |
| 2844 | RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, |
| 2845 | diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) |
Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2846 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8499f3f | 2009-03-31 16:35:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: |
| 2849 | // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous |
| 2850 | // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the |
| 2851 | // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect |
| 2852 | // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. |
Douglas Gregor | 2c2d9dc | 2009-04-08 15:21:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->isGlobal() && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && |
| 2854 | !FD->isMain()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8499f3f | 2009-03-31 16:35:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | bool MissingPrototype = true; |
| 2856 | for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); |
| 2857 | Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { |
| 2858 | // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method |
| 2859 | // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. |
| 2860 | if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 2861 | continue; |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 | MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); |
| 2864 | break; |
| 2865 | } |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | if (MissingPrototype) |
| 2868 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; |
| 2869 | } |
| 2870 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2871 | PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); |
Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 | // Check the validity of our function parameters |
| 2874 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD); |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | // Introduce our parameters into the function scope |
| 2877 | for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { |
| 2878 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); |
Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 | Param->setOwningFunction(FD); |
| 2880 | |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) |
| 2883 | PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | // Checking attributes of current function definition |
| 2887 | // dllimport attribute. |
| 2888 | if (FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { |
| 2889 | // dllimport attribute cannot be applied to definition. |
| 2890 | if (!(FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>())->isInherited()) { |
| 2891 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 2892 | diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) |
| 2893 | << "dllimport"; |
| 2894 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | return DeclPtrTy::make(FD); |
Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | } else { |
| 2897 | // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the |
| 2898 | // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is |
| 2899 | // emitted. |
| 2900 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 2901 | diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) |
| 2902 | << FD->getNameAsCString() << "dllimport"; |
| 2903 | } |
| 2904 | } |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2905 | return DeclPtrTy::make(FD); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 | } |
| 2907 | |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 | static bool StatementCreatesScope(Stmt* S) { |
Chris Lattner | bfc861e | 2009-04-12 20:09:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 | |
Steve Naroff | 1fc5194 | 2009-04-14 20:53:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 | if (DeclStmt *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { |
| 2911 | for (DeclStmt::decl_iterator I = DS->decl_begin(), E = DS->decl_end(); |
| 2912 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 2913 | if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(*I)) { |
| 2914 | if (D->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() || |
| 2915 | D->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>()) |
| 2916 | return true; |
| 2917 | } else if (TypedefDecl *D = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(*I)) { |
| 2918 | if (D->getUnderlyingType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
| 2919 | return true; |
| 2920 | } |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | } |
Steve Naroff | 3bf4497 | 2009-04-15 17:31:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 | } |
Chris Lattner | bfc861e | 2009-04-12 20:09:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2923 | return false; |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | } |
| 2925 | |
Chris Lattner | bfc861e | 2009-04-12 20:09:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2926 | |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 | void Sema::RecursiveCalcLabelScopes(llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*>& LabelScopeMap, |
| 2928 | llvm::DenseMap<void*, Stmt*>& PopScopeMap, |
| 2929 | std::vector<void*>& ScopeStack, |
| 2930 | Stmt* CurStmt, |
| 2931 | Stmt* ParentCompoundStmt) { |
| 2932 | for (Stmt::child_iterator i = CurStmt->child_begin(); |
| 2933 | i != CurStmt->child_end(); ++i) { |
| 2934 | if (!*i) continue; |
| 2935 | if (StatementCreatesScope(*i)) { |
| 2936 | ScopeStack.push_back(*i); |
| 2937 | PopScopeMap[*i] = ParentCompoundStmt; |
Steve Naroff | 3bf4497 | 2009-04-15 17:31:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | } else if (ObjCAtTryStmt *AT = dyn_cast<ObjCAtTryStmt>(*i)) { |
| 2939 | ScopeStack.push_back(*i); |
| 2940 | PopScopeMap[*i] = AT->getTryBody(); |
| 2941 | } else if (ObjCAtCatchStmt *AC = dyn_cast<ObjCAtCatchStmt>(*i)) { |
| 2942 | ScopeStack.push_back(*i); |
| 2943 | PopScopeMap[*i] = AC->getCatchBody(); |
| 2944 | } else if (ObjCAtFinallyStmt *AF = dyn_cast<ObjCAtFinallyStmt>(*i)) { |
| 2945 | ScopeStack.push_back(*i); |
| 2946 | PopScopeMap[*i] = AF->getFinallyBody(); |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | } else if (isa<LabelStmt>(CurStmt)) { |
| 2948 | LabelScopeMap[CurStmt] = ScopeStack.size() ? ScopeStack.back() : 0; |
| 2949 | } |
| 2950 | if (isa<DeclStmt>(*i)) continue; |
| 2951 | Stmt* CurCompound = isa<CompoundStmt>(*i) ? *i : ParentCompoundStmt; |
| 2952 | RecursiveCalcLabelScopes(LabelScopeMap, PopScopeMap, ScopeStack, |
| 2953 | *i, CurCompound); |
| 2954 | } |
Steve Naroff | 1b6823d | 2009-04-15 16:58:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | while (ScopeStack.size() && PopScopeMap[ScopeStack.back()] == CurStmt) { |
| 2956 | ScopeStack.pop_back(); |
| 2957 | } |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | } |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 | void Sema::RecursiveCalcJumpScopes(llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*>& LabelScopeMap, |
| 2961 | llvm::DenseMap<void*, Stmt*>& PopScopeMap, |
| 2962 | llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*>& GotoScopeMap, |
| 2963 | std::vector<void*>& ScopeStack, |
| 2964 | Stmt* CurStmt) { |
| 2965 | for (Stmt::child_iterator i = CurStmt->child_begin(); |
| 2966 | i != CurStmt->child_end(); ++i) { |
| 2967 | if (!*i) continue; |
| 2968 | if (StatementCreatesScope(*i)) { |
| 2969 | ScopeStack.push_back(*i); |
| 2970 | } else if (GotoStmt* GS = dyn_cast<GotoStmt>(*i)) { |
| 2971 | void* LScope = LabelScopeMap[GS->getLabel()]; |
| 2972 | if (LScope) { |
| 2973 | bool foundScopeInStack = false; |
| 2974 | for (unsigned i = ScopeStack.size(); i > 0; --i) { |
| 2975 | if (LScope == ScopeStack[i-1]) { |
| 2976 | foundScopeInStack = true; |
| 2977 | break; |
| 2978 | } |
| 2979 | } |
| 2980 | if (!foundScopeInStack) { |
| 2981 | Diag(GS->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_goto_into_scope); |
| 2982 | } |
| 2983 | } |
| 2984 | } |
| 2985 | if (isa<DeclStmt>(*i)) continue; |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2986 | RecursiveCalcJumpScopes(LabelScopeMap, PopScopeMap, GotoScopeMap, |
| 2987 | ScopeStack, *i); |
Steve Naroff | 1b6823d | 2009-04-15 16:58:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2988 | } |
| 2989 | while (ScopeStack.size() && PopScopeMap[ScopeStack.back()] == CurStmt) { |
| 2990 | ScopeStack.pop_back(); |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2991 | } |
| 2992 | } |
| 2993 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2994 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclPtrTy D, StmtArg BodyArg) { |
| 2995 | Decl *dcl = D.getAs<Decl>(); |
Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2996 | Stmt *Body = static_cast<Stmt*>(BodyArg.release()); |
Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2997 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { |
Ted Kremenek | eaab206 | 2009-03-12 18:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2998 | FD->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 53d0ea5 | 2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2999 | assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); |
Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3000 | } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { |
Chris Lattner | ffed163 | 2009-02-16 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); |
Ted Kremenek | eaab206 | 2009-03-12 18:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | MD->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3003 | } else { |
| 3004 | Body->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3005 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3006 | } |
Chris Lattner | b048c98 | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 | PopDeclContext(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | // Verify and clean out per-function state. |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | bool HaveLabels = !LabelMap.empty(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | // Check goto/label use. |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3012 | for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator |
| 3013 | I = LabelMap.begin(), E = LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto |
| 3015 | // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd |
| 3016 | // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3017 | if (I->second->getSubStmt() == 0) { |
| 3018 | LabelStmt *L = I->second; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | // Emit error. |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | |
| 3022 | // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into |
| 3023 | // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well |
| 3024 | // formed. |
Chris Lattner | 0cbc215 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | if (Body) { |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3026 | #if 0 |
| 3027 | // FIXME: Why do this? Having a 'push_back' in CompoundStmt is ugly, |
| 3028 | // and the AST is malformed anyway. We should just blow away 'L'. |
| 3029 | L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); |
| 3030 | cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)->push_back(L); |
| 3031 | #else |
| 3032 | L->Destroy(Context); |
| 3033 | #endif |
Chris Lattner | 0cbc215 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3034 | } else { |
| 3035 | // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly, just delete this. |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3036 | L->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | 0cbc215 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3037 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 | } |
| 3039 | } |
Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3040 | LabelMap.clear(); |
Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3041 | |
| 3042 | if (!Body) return D; |
| 3043 | |
| 3044 | if (HaveLabels) { |
| 3045 | llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*> LabelScopeMap; |
| 3046 | llvm::DenseMap<void*, Stmt*> PopScopeMap; |
| 3047 | llvm::DenseMap<Stmt*, void*> GotoScopeMap; |
| 3048 | std::vector<void*> ScopeStack; |
| 3049 | RecursiveCalcLabelScopes(LabelScopeMap, PopScopeMap, ScopeStack, Body, Body); |
| 3050 | RecursiveCalcJumpScopes(LabelScopeMap, PopScopeMap, GotoScopeMap, ScopeStack, Body); |
| 3051 | } |
| 3052 | |
Steve Naroff | d6d054d | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | return D; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 60fbca0 | 2007-11-10 16:31:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | } |
| 3055 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3056 | /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function |
| 3057 | /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3058 | NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3059 | IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 | // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined |
| 3061 | // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of |
| 3062 | // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that |
| 3063 | // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. |
| 3064 | llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos |
| 3065 | = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); |
| 3066 | if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { |
| 3067 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; |
| 3068 | Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3069 | return Pos->second; |
| 3070 | } |
| 3071 | |
Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3072 | // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. |
| 3073 | if (getLangOptions().C99) |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; |
Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 | else |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3076 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 | |
| 3078 | // FIXME: handle stuff like: |
| 3079 | // void foo() { extern float X(); } |
| 3080 | // void bar() { X(); } <-- implicit decl for X in another scope. |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); |
| 3083 | const char *Dummy; |
| 3084 | DeclSpec DS; |
| 3085 | bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy); |
| 3086 | Error = Error; // Silence warning. |
| 3087 | assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); |
| 3088 | Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); |
Douglas Gregor | 965acbb | 2009-02-18 07:07:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), |
| 3090 | 0, 0, 0, Loc, D), |
Sebastian Redl | ab197ba | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | SourceLocation()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); |
Sebastian Redl | ab197ba | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3093 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; |
| 3097 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 3098 | |
Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | FunctionDecl *FD = |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D, DeclPtrTy()).getAs<Decl>()); |
Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | FD->setImplicit(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | |
| 3103 | CurContext = PrevDC; |
| 3104 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); |
| 3106 | |
Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 | return FD; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | } |
| 3109 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on |
| 3111 | /// the declaration of this function. |
| 3112 | /// |
| 3113 | /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins |
| 3114 | /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions |
| 3115 | /// like NSLog or printf. |
| 3116 | void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 3117 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 3118 | return; |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to |
| 3121 | // actual attributes. |
| 3122 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
| 3123 | // Handle printf-formatting attributes. |
| 3124 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
| 3125 | bool HasVAListArg; |
| 3126 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { |
| 3127 | if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", FormatIdx + 1, |
| 3129 | FormatIdx + 2)); |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | ef2abfe | 2009-02-16 22:43:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 | |
| 3132 | // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only |
| 3133 | // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows |
| 3134 | // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. |
| 3135 | if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && |
| 3136 | Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { |
| 3137 | if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3138 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr()); |
Daniel Dunbar | ef2abfe | 2009-02-16 22:43:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3139 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3140 | } |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); |
| 3143 | if (!Name) |
| 3144 | return; |
| 3145 | if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 3146 | FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || |
| 3147 | (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && |
| 3148 | cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == |
| 3149 | LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { |
| 3150 | // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know |
| 3151 | // about. |
| 3152 | } else |
| 3153 | return; |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | unsigned KnownID; |
| 3156 | for (KnownID = 0; KnownID != id_num_known_functions; ++KnownID) |
| 3157 | if (KnownFunctionIDs[KnownID] == Name) |
| 3158 | break; |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | switch (KnownID) { |
| 3161 | case id_NSLog: |
| 3162 | case id_NSLogv: |
| 3163 | if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { |
| 3164 | // FIXME: We known better than our headers. |
| 3165 | const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType("printf"); |
| 3166 | } else |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", 1, 2)); |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3168 | break; |
| 3169 | |
| 3170 | case id_asprintf: |
| 3171 | case id_vasprintf: |
| 3172 | if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3173 | FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", 2, 3)); |
Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 | break; |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | default: |
| 3177 | // Unknown function or known function without any attributes to |
| 3178 | // add. Do nothing. |
| 3179 | break; |
| 3180 | } |
| 3181 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 | |
Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 | assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | |
| 3187 | // Scope manipulation handled by caller. |
Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3188 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 3189 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Chris Lattner | 6c2b6eb | 2008-03-15 06:12:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | D.getIdentifier(), |
Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3191 | T); |
Anders Carlsson | 4843e58 | 2009-03-10 17:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 | |
| 3193 | if (TagType *TT = dyn_cast<TagType>(T)) { |
| 3194 | TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl |
| 3197 | // keep track of the TypedefDecl. |
| 3198 | if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) |
| 3199 | TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); |
| 3200 | } |
| 3201 | |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | if (D.getInvalidType()) |
| 3203 | NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3204 | return NewTD; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | } |
| 3206 | |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3207 | /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3208 | /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3209 | /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TK indicates whether this is a |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3210 | /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3211 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagKind TK, |
| 3212 | SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 3213 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 3214 | AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS) { |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 | assert((Name != 0 || TK == TK_Definition) && |
| 3217 | "Nameless record must be a definition!"); |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 | TagDecl::TagKind Kind; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 | switch (TagSpec) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown tag type!"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: Kind = TagDecl::TK_struct; break; |
| 3223 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: Kind = TagDecl::TK_union; break; |
| 3224 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: Kind = TagDecl::TK_class; break; |
| 3225 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: Kind = TagDecl::TK_enum; break; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3226 | } |
| 3227 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 3233 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3234 | if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { |
| 3235 | // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | // Check for invalid 'foo::'. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3238 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3239 | Name = 0; |
| 3240 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 3241 | } |
| 3242 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4fdf1fa | 2009-03-11 16:48:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3243 | // FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)? |
Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 | DC = computeDeclContext(SS); |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3245 | SearchDC = DC; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 | // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. |
Steve Naroff | 3e8ffd2 | 2009-01-29 00:07:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3247 | PrevDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>( |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3248 | LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupTagName, true).getAsDecl()); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | |
| 3250 | // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. |
| 3251 | if (PrevDecl == 0) { |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) << Name << SS.getRange(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3253 | Name = 0; |
| 3254 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 3255 | } |
Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3256 | } else if (Name) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3257 | // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward |
| 3258 | // declaration or definition. |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3259 | // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we |
| 3260 | // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we |
| 3261 | // shouldn't be diagnosing. |
Douglas Gregor | e2c565d | 2009-02-03 19:26:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | LookupResult R = LookupName(S, Name, LookupTagName, |
| 3263 | /*RedeclarationOnly=*/(TK != TK_Reference)); |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3264 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) { |
| 3265 | DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(R, Name, NameLoc); |
| 3266 | // FIXME: This is not best way to recover from case like: |
| 3267 | // |
| 3268 | // struct S s; |
| 3269 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3270 | // causes needless "incomplete type" error later. |
Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3271 | Name = 0; |
| 3272 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3273 | Invalid = true; |
| 3274 | } |
| 3275 | else |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3276 | PrevDecl = R; |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3277 | |
| 3278 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TK != TK_Reference) { |
| 3279 | // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated |
| 3280 | // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching |
| 3281 | // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3282 | // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 | while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) |
| 3284 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3286 | } |
| 3287 | |
Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3288 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3289 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 3290 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, PrevDecl); |
| 3291 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 3292 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3293 | } |
| 3294 | |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3296 | // Check whether the previous declaration is usable. |
| 3297 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PrevDecl, NameLoc); |
Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3298 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3299 | if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3300 | // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared |
| 3301 | // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 | // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3303 | if (TK == TK_Reference || isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 | // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a |
| 3305 | // struct or something similar. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3306 | if (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != Kind) { |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3307 | bool SafeToContinue |
| 3308 | = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TagDecl::TK_enum && |
| 3309 | Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum); |
| 3310 | if (SafeToContinue) |
| 3311 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) |
| 3312 | << Name |
| 3313 | << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), |
| 3314 | PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); |
| 3315 | else |
| 3316 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3317 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 | |
| 3319 | if (SafeToContinue) |
| 3320 | Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); |
| 3321 | else { |
| 3322 | // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. |
| 3323 | Name = 0; |
| 3324 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3325 | Invalid = true; |
| 3326 | } |
| 3327 | } |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | if (!Invalid) { |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3330 | // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. |
Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3332 | // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue |
| 3333 | // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. |
| 3334 | // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will |
| 3335 | // need to be changed with DeclGroups. |
| 3336 | if (TK == TK_Reference) |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3337 | return DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3338 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3339 | // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. |
| 3340 | if (TK == TK_Definition) { |
| 3341 | if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition(Context)) { |
| 3342 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; |
| 3343 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3344 | // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this |
| 3345 | // struct be anonymous, which will make any later |
| 3346 | // references get the previous definition. |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 | Name = 0; |
| 3348 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3349 | Invalid = true; |
| 3350 | } else { |
| 3351 | // If the type is currently being defined, complain |
| 3352 | // about a nested redefinition. |
| 3353 | TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); |
| 3354 | if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { |
| 3355 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; |
| 3356 | Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), |
| 3357 | diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 3358 | Name = 0; |
| 3359 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3360 | Invalid = true; |
| 3361 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3362 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 | // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced |
| 3365 | // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3366 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3367 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3368 | // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we |
| 3369 | // have a definition. Just create a new decl. |
| 3370 | } else { |
| 3371 | // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested |
| 3372 | // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a |
| 3373 | // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities |
| 3374 | // have distinct types. |
| 3375 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3376 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3377 | // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl |
| 3378 | // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by |
| 3379 | // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3381 | // PrevDecl is a namespace, template, or anything else |
| 3382 | // that lives in the IDNS_Tag identifier namespace. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | if (isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { |
Ted Kremenek | a89d197 | 2008-09-03 18:03:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | // The tag name clashes with a namespace name, issue an error and |
| 3385 | // recover by making this tag be anonymous. |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 | Name = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 | Invalid = true; |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3391 | } else { |
| 3392 | // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a |
| 3393 | // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. |
| 3394 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3395 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3397 | } else if (TK == TK_Reference && SS.isEmpty() && Name && |
Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3398 | (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) { |
| 3399 | // C.scope.pdecl]p5: |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3400 | // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form |
| 3401 | // |
| 3402 | // class-key identifier |
| 3403 | // |
| 3404 | // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the |
| 3405 | // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a |
| 3406 | // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is |
| 3407 | // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains |
| 3408 | // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend |
| 3409 | // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest |
| 3410 | // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the |
| 3411 | // declaration. |
| 3412 | // |
| 3413 | // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for |
| 3414 | // C structs and unions. |
Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 | // |
| 3416 | // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete |
| 3417 | // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. |
| 3418 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 | // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 | // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the |
| 3421 | // lexical context, |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | while (SearchDC->isRecord()) |
| 3423 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 | |
| 3425 | // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. |
| 3426 | while (S->isClassScope() || |
| 3427 | (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 | ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 3429 | (S->getEntity() && |
| 3430 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3431 | S = S->getParent(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3433 | |
Chris Lattner | cc98eac | 2008-12-17 07:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3434 | CreateNewDecl: |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3435 | |
| 3436 | // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the |
| 3437 | // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union |
| 3438 | // keyword. |
| 3439 | SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; |
| 3440 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 | // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous |
| 3442 | // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via |
| 3443 | // PrevDecl. |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3444 | TagDecl *New; |
Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 | if (Kind == TagDecl::TK_enum) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 3448 | // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3449 | New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3450 | cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3451 | // If this is an undefined enum, warn. |
Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3452 | if (TK != TK_Definition && !Invalid) { |
| 3453 | unsigned DK = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? diag::err_forward_ref_enum |
| 3454 | : diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; |
| 3455 | Diag(Loc, DK); |
| 3456 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 | } else { |
| 3458 | // struct/union/class |
| 3459 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3460 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 3461 | // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. |
Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3462 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Ted Kremenek | 2b345eb | 2008-09-05 17:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 | // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 | cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3466 | else |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3469 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3470 | |
| 3471 | if (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum) { |
| 3472 | // Handle #pragma pack: if the #pragma pack stack has non-default |
| 3473 | // alignment, make up a packed attribute for this decl. These |
| 3474 | // attributes are checked when the ASTContext lays out the |
| 3475 | // structure. |
| 3476 | // |
| 3477 | // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this |
| 3478 | // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is |
| 3479 | // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at |
| 3480 | // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because |
| 3481 | // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the |
| 3482 | // parsing of the struct). |
Chris Lattner | 574aa40 | 2009-02-17 01:09:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3483 | if (unsigned Alignment = getPragmaPackAlignment()) |
Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3484 | New->addAttr(::new (Context) PackedAttr(Alignment * 8)); |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3485 | } |
| 3486 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && SS.isEmpty() && Name && !Invalid) { |
| 3488 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p3: |
| 3489 | // [...] Similarly, in a given scope, a class or enumeration |
| 3490 | // shall not be declared with the same name as a typedef-name |
| 3491 | // that is declared in that scope and refers to a type other |
| 3492 | // than the class or enumeration itself. |
Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3493 | LookupResult Lookup = LookupName(S, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3494 | TypedefDecl *PrevTypedef = 0; |
| 3495 | if (Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| 3496 | PrevTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Lookup.getAsDecl()); |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | if (PrevTypedef && isDeclInScope(PrevTypedef, SearchDC, S) && |
| 3499 | Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(PrevTypedef)) != |
| 3500 | Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New))) { |
| 3501 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) |
| 3502 | << Context.getTypeDeclType(New) |
| 3503 | << PrevTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 3504 | Diag(PrevTypedef->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 3505 | Invalid = true; |
| 3506 | } |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3509 | if (Invalid) |
| 3510 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3511 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3512 | if (Attr) |
| 3513 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(New, Attr); |
| 3514 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 | // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope |
| 3516 | // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. |
Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3517 | if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 3518 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); |
| 3519 | |
Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3520 | // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 3521 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3522 | New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0cf8830 | 2009-03-26 01:19:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3524 | // Set the access specifier. |
| 3525 | SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); |
Douglas Gregor | 06c0fec | 2009-03-25 22:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3526 | |
Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3527 | if (TK == TK_Definition) |
| 3528 | New->startDefinition(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3529 | |
| 3530 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| 3531 | if (Name) { |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3532 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3534 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3535 | CurContext->addDecl(Context, New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3536 | } |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3538 | return DeclPtrTy::make(New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3539 | } |
| 3540 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3541 | void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD) { |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3543 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3544 | |
| 3545 | // Enter the tag context. |
| 3546 | PushDeclContext(S, Tag); |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 3549 | FieldCollector->StartClass(); |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | if (Record->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3552 | // C++ [class]p2: |
| 3553 | // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the |
| 3554 | // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For |
| 3555 | // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated |
| 3556 | // as if it were a public member name. |
Douglas Gregor | d475b8d | 2009-03-25 21:17:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3557 | CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), |
| 3559 | CurContext, Record->getLocation(), |
| 3560 | Record->getIdentifier(), Record); |
| 3561 | InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); |
Douglas Gregor | d475b8d | 2009-03-25 21:17:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3562 | InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); |
Douglas Gregor | befc20e | 2009-03-26 00:10:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3563 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) |
| 3564 | InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 | PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); |
Douglas Gregor | c9b5b40 | 2009-03-25 15:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3566 | assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && |
| 3567 | "Broken injected-class-name"); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 | } |
| 3569 | } |
| 3570 | } |
| 3571 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3572 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD) { |
Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3574 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3575 | |
| 3576 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| 3577 | FieldCollector->FinishClass(); |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. |
| 3580 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. |
| 3583 | Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); |
| 3584 | } |
Chris Lattner | 5a6ddbf | 2008-06-21 19:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3585 | |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3586 | bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3587 | QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3588 | // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. |
Chris Lattner | 8b963ef | 2009-03-05 23:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3589 | // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3590 | if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3591 | // Handle incomplete types with specific error. |
Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 | if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) |
| 3593 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 8b963ef | 2009-03-05 23:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3594 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3595 | << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3596 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3597 | |
| 3598 | // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check |
| 3599 | // it now. |
| 3600 | if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) |
| 3601 | return false; |
| 3602 | |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3603 | llvm::APSInt Value; |
| 3604 | if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) |
| 3605 | return true; |
| 3606 | |
Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3607 | // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. |
| 3608 | if (Value == 0 && FieldName) |
| 3609 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; |
| 3610 | |
Anders Carlsson | f257b61 | 2009-03-16 18:19:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3611 | if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) |
Douglas Gregor | df03251 | 2009-03-12 22:46:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) |
| 3613 | << FieldName << Value.toString(10); |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 | if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { |
| 3616 | uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); |
| 3617 | // FIXME: We won't need the 0 size once we check that the field type is valid. |
| 3618 | if (TypeSize && Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) |
| 3619 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) |
| 3620 | << FieldName << (unsigned)TypeSize; |
| 3621 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3622 | |
| 3623 | return false; |
| 3624 | } |
| 3625 | |
Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 | /// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 | /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD, |
| 3629 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3630 | Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { |
| 3631 | FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()), |
| 3632 | DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), |
| 3633 | AS_public); |
| 3634 | return DeclPtrTy::make(Res); |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 | } |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. |
| 3638 | /// |
| 3639 | FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, |
| 3640 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, |
| 3642 | AccessSpecifier AS) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3643 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3644 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| 3645 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3646 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3647 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
Chris Lattner | 6491f47 | 2009-04-12 22:15:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3649 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3650 | |
Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3651 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); |
| 3652 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3653 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); |
| 3654 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) |
| 3655 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | FieldDecl *NewFD |
| 3658 | = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, Record, Loc, |
| 3659 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3660 | BitWidth, AS, PrevDecl, &D); |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 | if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { |
| 3662 | // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something |
| 3663 | // with the same name in the same scope. |
| 3664 | } else if (II) { |
| 3665 | PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); |
| 3666 | } else |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | Record->addDecl(Context, NewFD); |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | |
| 3669 | return NewFD; |
| 3670 | } |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. |
| 3673 | /// |
| 3674 | /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, |
| 3675 | /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration |
| 3676 | /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be |
| 3677 | /// created. |
| 3678 | /// |
| 3679 | /// \returns a new FieldDecl. |
| 3680 | /// |
| 3681 | /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once |
| 3682 | FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
| 3683 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3684 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3685 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3686 | Declarator *D) { |
| 3687 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3688 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3689 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and |
| 3691 | // marking this declaration as invalid. |
| 3692 | if (T.isNull()) { |
| 3693 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3694 | T = Context.IntTy; |
| 3695 | } |
| 3696 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3697 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 3698 | // than a variably modified type. |
Eli Friedman | 9db1397 | 2008-02-15 12:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 3701 | QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, |
| 3702 | SizeIsNegative); |
| 3703 | if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { |
| 3704 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 3705 | T = FixedTy; |
| 3706 | } else { |
| 3707 | if (SizeIsNegative) |
| 3708 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| 3709 | else |
| 3710 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); |
| 3711 | T = Context.IntTy; |
| 3712 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3713 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3714 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3715 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3716 | // Fields can not have abstract class types |
Anders Carlsson | b9bbe49 | 2009-03-23 17:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 | AbstractFieldType)) |
Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3719 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3720 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. |
| 3722 | if (BitWidth && VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { |
| 3723 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3724 | DeleteExpr(BitWidth); |
| 3725 | BitWidth = 0; |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3726 | } |
| 3727 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 | FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, BitWidth, |
| 3729 | Mutable); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3730 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3731 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 3732 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 3733 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3734 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3735 | Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | } |
| 3737 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3738 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T->isPODType()) |
| 3739 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->setPOD(false); |
Douglas Gregor | 72b505b | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3740 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3741 | // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST |
| 3742 | // representation, not a parser representation. |
| 3743 | if (D) |
| 3744 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, *D); |
| 3745 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | f6123ca | 2009-02-19 00:22:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3746 | if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) |
Fariborz Jahanian | ed7e9ef | 2009-02-18 18:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); |
Anders Carlsson | ad14806 | 2008-02-16 00:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3748 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3749 | if (InvalidDecl) |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3750 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3751 | |
Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3752 | NewFD->setAccess(AS); |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1: |
| 3755 | // An aggregate is an array or a class (clause 9) with [...] no |
| 3756 | // private or protected non-static data members (clause 11). |
| 3757 | // A POD must be an aggregate. |
| 3758 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 3759 | (AS == AS_private || AS == AS_protected)) { |
| 3760 | CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); |
| 3761 | CXXRecord->setAggregate(false); |
| 3762 | CXXRecord->setPOD(false); |
| 3763 | } |
| 3764 | |
Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3765 | return NewFD; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3766 | } |
| 3767 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3768 | /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an |
| 3769 | /// AST enum value. |
Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3770 | static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl |
Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3771 | TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { |
Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3772 | switch (ivarVisibility) { |
Chris Lattner | 33d34a6 | 2008-10-12 00:28:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3773 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); |
| 3774 | case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; |
| 3775 | case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; |
| 3776 | case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; |
| 3777 | case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; |
Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3778 | } |
| 3779 | } |
| 3780 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 45bc03f | 2008-04-11 16:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this |
| 3782 | /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3783 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, |
| 3784 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3785 | Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3786 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3788 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| 3789 | Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; |
| 3790 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| 3791 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for |
| 3794 | // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! |
| 3795 | |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3797 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Chris Lattner | 6491f47 | 2009-04-12 22:15:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | if (T.isNull()) { |
| 3799 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3800 | T = Context.IntTy; |
| 3801 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | |
| 3803 | if (BitWidth) { |
Steve Naroff | 63359c8 | 2009-02-20 17:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3804 | // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3805 | if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { |
Steve Naroff | 63359c8 | 2009-02-20 17:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3806 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3807 | DeleteExpr(BitWidth); |
| 3808 | BitWidth = 0; |
| 3809 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3810 | } else { |
| 3811 | // Not a bitfield. |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | // validate II. |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 | } |
| 3816 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 3818 | // than a variably modified type. |
| 3819 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3820 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3822 | } |
| 3823 | |
Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3824 | // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. |
| 3825 | ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = |
| 3826 | Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) |
| 3827 | : ObjCIvarDecl::None; |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | // Construct the decl. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0c00aac | 2009-02-17 20:20:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3830 | ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, T,ac, |
Steve Naroff | 8f3b265 | 2008-07-16 18:22:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3831 | (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3834 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3835 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) |
| 3836 | && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 3837 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 3838 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3839 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3840 | } |
| 3841 | } |
| 3842 | |
Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3843 | // Process attributes attached to the ivar. |
Chris Lattner | 3ff30c8 | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3844 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewID, D); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3845 | |
| 3846 | if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) |
| 3847 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3848 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3849 | if (II) { |
| 3850 | // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add |
| 3851 | // these to the interface. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3852 | S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(NewID)); |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3853 | IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); |
| 3854 | } |
| 3855 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3856 | return DeclPtrTy::make(NewID); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3857 | } |
| 3858 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 9d048ff | 2007-09-29 00:54:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3859 | void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3860 | SourceLocation RecLoc, DeclPtrTy RecDecl, |
| 3861 | DeclPtrTy *Fields, unsigned NumFields, |
Daniel Dunbar | 1bfe1c2 | 2008-10-03 02:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3862 | SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3863 | AttributeList *Attr) { |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | Decl *EnclosingDecl = RecDecl.getAs<Decl>(); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3865 | assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); |
Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3866 | |
| 3867 | // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a |
| 3868 | // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. |
| 3869 | if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 3870 | // FIXME: Deallocate fields? |
| 3871 | return; |
| 3872 | } |
| 3873 | |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3874 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3875 | // Verify that all the fields are okay. |
| 3876 | unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; |
| 3877 | llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3878 | |
Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3879 | RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3880 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3881 | FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i].getAs<Decl>()); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3882 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3883 | // Get the type for the field. |
Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3884 | Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3886 | if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3887 | // Remember all fields written by the user. |
| 3888 | RecFields.push_back(FD); |
| 3889 | } |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3890 | |
| 3891 | // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more |
| 3892 | // diagnostics about it. |
| 3893 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 3894 | continue; |
Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3895 | |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3896 | // C99 6.7.2.1p2: |
| 3897 | // A structure or union shall not contain a member with |
| 3898 | // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not |
| 3899 | // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to |
| 3900 | // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a |
| 3901 | // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete |
| 3902 | // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, |
| 3903 | // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) |
| 3904 | // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an |
| 3905 | // array. |
Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3906 | if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3907 | // Field declared as a function. |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3908 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3909 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3910 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3911 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3912 | continue; |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3913 | } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && i == NumFields - 1 && |
| 3914 | Record && Record->isStruct()) { |
| 3915 | // Flexible array member. |
| 3916 | if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3917 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3918 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3919 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3920 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | continue; |
| 3922 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3923 | // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. |
Fariborz Jahanian | e267ab6 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3924 | if (Record) |
| 3925 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3926 | } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && |
| 3927 | RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), |
| 3928 | diag::err_field_incomplete)) { |
| 3929 | // Incomplete type |
| 3930 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3931 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3932 | continue; |
| 3933 | } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAsRecordType()) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3934 | if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { |
| 3935 | // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3936 | if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3937 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
| 3938 | } else { |
| 3939 | // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject |
| 3940 | // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of |
| 3941 | // structures. |
Douglas Gregor | e4f3e06 | 2009-03-06 23:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3942 | if (i != NumFields-1) |
| 3943 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) |
Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3944 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Douglas Gregor | e4f3e06 | 2009-03-06 23:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3945 | else { |
| 3946 | // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in |
| 3947 | // other structs as an extension. |
| 3948 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) |
| 3949 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
| 3950 | if (Record) |
| 3951 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3952 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3953 | } |
| 3954 | } |
Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3955 | } else if (FDTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 3956 | /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object |
Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3957 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); |
Fariborz Jahanian | e7f64cc | 2007-10-12 22:10:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3958 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3959 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3960 | continue; |
| 3961 | } |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3962 | // Keep track of the number of named members. |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | if (FD->getIdentifier()) |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3964 | ++NumNamedMembers; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3965 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3966 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3967 | // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3968 | if (Record) { |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3969 | Record->completeDefinition(Context); |
Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3970 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | a91d381 | 2008-02-05 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3971 | ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(&RecFields[0]); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 60f8c86 | 2008-12-13 20:28:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3972 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
Chris Lattner | 38af2de | 2009-02-20 21:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3973 | ID->setIVarList(ClsFields, RecFields.size(), Context); |
| 3974 | ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); |
| 3975 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3976 | // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be |
| 3977 | // duplicates. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3978 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) { |
| 3979 | for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator IVI = ID->ivar_begin(), |
| 3980 | IVE = ID->ivar_end(); IVI != IVE; ++IVI) { |
| 3981 | ObjCIvarDecl* Ivar = (*IVI); |
| 3982 | IdentifierInfo *II = Ivar->getIdentifier(); |
Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3983 | ObjCIvarDecl* prevIvar = |
Douglas Gregor | 6ab3524 | 2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3984 | ID->getSuperClass()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3985 | if (prevIvar) { |
| 3986 | Diag(Ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3987 | Diag(prevIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3988 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3989 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3990 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3991 | } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = |
| 3992 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3993 | assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); |
Chris Lattner | 38af2de | 2009-02-20 21:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3994 | IMPDecl->setIVarList(ClsFields, RecFields.size(), Context); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 3a3ca1b | 2007-10-31 18:48:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3995 | CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); |
Fariborz Jahanian | d0b90bf | 2007-09-26 18:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3996 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | b04a021 | 2007-09-14 21:08:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3997 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3998 | |
| 3999 | if (Attr) |
| 4000 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(Record, Attr); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4001 | } |
| 4002 | |
Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4003 | EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
| 4004 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
| 4005 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4006 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 4007 | ExprArg val) { |
| 4008 | Expr *Val = (Expr *)val.get(); |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | llvm::APSInt EnumVal(32); |
| 4011 | QualType EltTy; |
| 4012 | if (Val && !Val->isTypeDependent()) { |
| 4013 | // Make sure to promote the operand type to int. |
| 4014 | UsualUnaryConversions(Val); |
| 4015 | if (Val != val.get()) { |
| 4016 | val.release(); |
| 4017 | val = Val; |
| 4018 | } |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. |
| 4021 | SourceLocation ExpLoc; |
| 4022 | if (!Val->isValueDependent() && |
| 4023 | VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { |
| 4024 | Val = 0; |
| 4025 | } else { |
| 4026 | EltTy = Val->getType(); |
| 4027 | } |
| 4028 | } |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 | if (!Val) { |
| 4031 | if (LastEnumConst) { |
| 4032 | // Assign the last value + 1. |
| 4033 | EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| 4034 | ++EnumVal; |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 | // Check for overflow on increment. |
| 4037 | if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) |
| 4038 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 | EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); |
| 4041 | } else { |
| 4042 | // First value, set to zero. |
| 4043 | EltTy = Context.IntTy; |
| 4044 | EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(static_cast<uint32_t>(Context.getTypeSize(EltTy))); |
| 4045 | } |
| 4046 | } |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | val.release(); |
| 4049 | return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, |
| 4050 | Val, EnumVal); |
| 4051 | } |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4054 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy theEnumDecl, |
| 4055 | DeclPtrTy lastEnumConst, |
| 4056 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4057 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 4058 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { |
| 4059 | EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl.getAs<Decl>()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4060 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4061 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst.getAs<Decl>()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4062 | Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); |
| 4063 | |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4064 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 4065 | // we find one that is. |
Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4066 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4067 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4068 | // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this |
| 4069 | // scope. |
Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4070 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4072 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 4073 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); |
| 4074 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 4075 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 4076 | } |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ff12f0 | 2008-07-16 21:01:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4079 | // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the |
| 4080 | // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. |
| 4081 | assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && |
| 4082 | "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 15a12d0 | 2008-09-09 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4083 | if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4084 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4085 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4086 | else |
Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4087 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; |
Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4088 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Chris Lattner | f306f86 | 2009-02-28 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4089 | if (Val) Val->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4090 | return DeclPtrTy(); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | } |
| 4092 | } |
| 4093 | |
Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4094 | EnumConstantDecl *New = CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, |
| 4095 | IdLoc, Id, Owned(Val)); |
Chris Lattner | 421a23d | 2007-08-27 21:16:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4096 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4097 | // Register this decl in the current scope stack. |
Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4098 | if (New) |
| 4099 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Douglas Gregor | 45579f5 | 2008-12-17 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4100 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4101 | return DeclPtrTy::make(New); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4102 | } |
| 4103 | |
Steve Naroff | 02408c6 | 2008-08-07 14:08:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4104 | // FIXME: For consistency with ActOnFields(), we should have the parser |
| 4105 | // pass in the source location for the left/right braces. |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4106 | void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, DeclPtrTy EnumDeclX, |
| 4107 | DeclPtrTy *Elements, unsigned NumElements) { |
| 4108 | EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX.getAs<Decl>()); |
Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4110 | |
Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4111 | // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long |
| 4112 | // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, |
| 4113 | // emit a warning. |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4114 | unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); |
Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4115 | |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4116 | // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and |
| 4117 | // reverse the list. |
| 4118 | unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; |
| 4119 | unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 | // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. |
| 4122 | bool AllElementsInt = true; |
| 4123 | |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4124 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| 4125 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4126 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i].getAs<Decl>()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4127 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4128 | |
| 4129 | // If the enum value doesn't fit in an int, emit an extension warning. |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4130 | const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4131 | assert(InitVal.getBitWidth() >= IntWidth && |
| 4132 | "Should have promoted value to int"); |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4133 | if (InitVal.getBitWidth() > IntWidth) { |
| 4134 | llvm::APSInt V(InitVal); |
| 4135 | V.trunc(IntWidth); |
| 4136 | V.extend(InitVal.getBitWidth()); |
| 4137 | if (V != InitVal) |
Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4138 | Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) |
| 4139 | << InitVal.toString(10); |
Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4140 | } |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4141 | |
| 4142 | // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4143 | if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) |
Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 | NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, |
| 4145 | (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4146 | else |
Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4147 | NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, |
| 4148 | (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4149 | |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4150 | // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). |
| 4151 | if (AllElementsInt) |
| 4152 | AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4153 | } |
| 4154 | |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4155 | // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. |
| 4156 | // FIXME: Support attribute(packed) on enums and -fshort-enums. |
| 4157 | QualType BestType; |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4158 | unsigned BestWidth; |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4159 | |
| 4160 | if (NumNegativeBits) { |
| 4161 | // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of |
| 4162 | // int/long/longlong) that fits. |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 | if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4164 | BestType = Context.IntTy; |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 4166 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4167 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); |
Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4168 | |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4169 | if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4170 | BestType = Context.LongTy; |
| 4171 | else { |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4172 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 | |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4174 | if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4175 | Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); |
| 4176 | BestType = Context.LongLongTy; |
| 4177 | } |
| 4178 | } |
| 4179 | } else { |
| 4180 | // If there is no negative value, figure out which of uint, ulong, ulonglong |
| 4181 | // fits. |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4182 | if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4183 | BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4184 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 4185 | } else if (NumPositiveBits <= |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4186 | (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4187 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4188 | } else { |
| 4189 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4190 | assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4191 | "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); |
| 4192 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | } |
| 4195 | |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4196 | // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match |
| 4197 | // the type of the enum if needed. |
| 4198 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| 4199 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4200 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i].getAs<Decl>()); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4201 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
| 4202 | |
| 4203 | // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an |
| 4204 | // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each |
| 4205 | // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the |
| 4206 | // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" |
| 4207 | // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4208 | if (ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy) { |
| 4209 | // Make sure the init value is signed. |
| 4210 | llvm::APSInt IV = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 4211 | IV.setIsSigned(true); |
| 4212 | ECD->setInitVal(IV); |
Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4213 | |
| 4214 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 4215 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 4216 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 4217 | // enumeration. |
| 4218 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4219 | continue; // Already int type. |
Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4220 | } |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4221 | |
| 4222 | // Determine whether the value fits into an int. |
| 4223 | llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 4224 | bool FitsInInt; |
| 4225 | if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || !InitVal.isNegative()) |
| 4226 | FitsInInt = InitVal.getActiveBits() < IntWidth; |
| 4227 | else |
| 4228 | FitsInInt = InitVal.getMinSignedBits() <= IntWidth; |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match |
| 4231 | // the enum decl type. |
| 4232 | QualType NewTy; |
| 4233 | unsigned NewWidth; |
| 4234 | bool NewSign; |
| 4235 | if (FitsInInt) { |
| 4236 | NewTy = Context.IntTy; |
| 4237 | NewWidth = IntWidth; |
| 4238 | NewSign = true; |
| 4239 | } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { |
| 4240 | // Already the right type! |
Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4241 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 4242 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 4243 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 4244 | // enumeration. |
| 4245 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4246 | continue; |
| 4247 | } else { |
| 4248 | NewTy = BestType; |
| 4249 | NewWidth = BestWidth; |
| 4250 | NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); |
| 4251 | } |
| 4252 | |
| 4253 | // Adjust the APSInt value. |
| 4254 | InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); |
| 4255 | InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); |
| 4256 | ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. |
Chris Lattner | 13fd416 | 2009-01-15 19:19:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4259 | if (ECD->getInitExpr()) |
Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4260 | ECD->setInitExpr(new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr(), |
| 4261 | /*isLvalue=*/false)); |
Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4262 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 4263 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 4264 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 4265 | // enumeration. |
| 4266 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| 4267 | else |
| 4268 | ECD->setType(NewTy); |
Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4269 | } |
Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4270 | |
Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4271 | Enum->completeDefinition(Context, BestType); |
Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4272 | } |
| 4273 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4274 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4275 | ExprArg expr) { |
Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4276 | StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>((Expr*)expr.release()); |
| 4277 | |
Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4278 | return DeclPtrTy::make(FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 4279 | Loc, AsmString)); |
Anders Carlsson | dfab6cb | 2008-02-08 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4280 | } |
| 4281 | |